e424b5
Table of Contents

 
Filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5)
Registration No. 333-164395
 
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
 
(To prospectus dated March 11, 2010)
 
$200,000,000
 
(CARDTRONICS LOGO)
 
81/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018
 
 
 
 
We are offering $200 million aggregate principal amount of 81/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018. We will pay interest on the notes on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning March 1, 2011. The notes will mature on September 1, 2018.
 
We may redeem some or all of the notes at any time on or after September 1, 2014 at the redemption prices described in this prospectus supplement and prior to such date at a “make-whole” redemption price. We may also redeem up to 35% of the notes prior to September 1, 2013 with cash proceeds we receive from certain equity offerings. If we sell certain assets and do not reinvest the proceeds or repay senior indebtedness or if we experience specific kinds of changes of control, we must offer to repurchase the notes.
 
The notes will be our general unsecured senior subordinated obligations, subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness, structurally subordinated to all liabilities of our subsidiaries which are not guarantors and equal in right of payment to all our existing and future senior subordinated indebtedness.
 
Our existing domestic restricted subsidiaries and certain future subsidiaries will guarantee the notes with unconditional guarantees that will be the general unsecured senior subordinated obligations of such guarantors, subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the guarantors and equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior subordinated indebtedness of the guarantors.
 
Investing in the notes involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page S-13 of this prospectus supplement and page 5 of the accompanying prospectus.
 
 
 
 
                 
    Per Note   Total
 
Public offering price(1)
    100.000 %   $ 200,000,000  
Underwriting discount
    1.625 %   $ 3,250,000  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us(1)
    98.375 %   $ 196,750,000  
 
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from August 26, 2010, if settlement occurs after that date.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The notes will be ready for delivery in book-entry form only through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company for the accounts of its participants, including Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, and Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, on or about August 26, 2010.
 
 
 
 
Joint Book-Running Managers
BofA Merrill Lynch J.P. Morgan
 
 
Co-Managers
Wells Fargo Securities BBVA Securities SunTrust Robinson Humphrey
 
 
 
The date of this prospectus supplement is August 12, 2010


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Prospectus Supplement
 
         
    Page
 
    S-iii  
    S-iii  
    S-iv  
    S-iv  
    S-1  
    S-7  
    S-9  
    S-13  
    S-31  
    S-32  
    S-33  
    S-34  
    S-37  
    S-79  
    S-83  
    S-87  
    S-90  
    S-90  
    S-91  
    S-91  
 
Prospectus
 
         
    Page
 
About This Prospectus
    1  
Where You Can Find More Information
    1  
Documents Incorporated by Reference
    1  
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
    3  
Cardtronics, Inc. 
    4  
The Subsidiary Guarantors
    4  
Risk Factors
    5  
Use of Proceeds
    5  
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
    5  
Description of Debt Securities
    5  
Description of Common Stock
    17  
Selling Stockholders
    21  
Plan of Distribution
    22  
Legal Matters
    24  
Experts
    24  


S-ii


Table of Contents

 
We expect delivery of the notes will be made against payment therefor on or about August 26, 2010, which is the tenth business day following the date of pricing of the notes (such settlement being referred to as “T+10”). Under Rule 15(c)6-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, trades in the secondary market generally are required to settle in three business days unless the parties to any such trade expressly agree otherwise. Accordingly, purchasers who wish to trade the notes on the date of pricing of the notes or during the next succeeding six business days will be required, by virtue of the fact that the notes initially will settle in T+10, to specify an alternate settlement cycle at the time of any such trade to prevent failed settlement and should consult their own advisers.
 
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus and any free writing prospectuses we may provide to you in connection with this offering. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, the documents incorporated by reference herein and any free writing prospectuses we may provide to you in connection with this offering is accurate only as of their respective dates. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.
 
Unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise, all references in this prospectus to “Cardtronics,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Cardtronics, Inc. and its subsidiaries. References to “underwriters” refer to the firms listed on the cover of this prospectus.
 
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
 
This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus are part of a registration statement that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) using a “shelf” registration process. We are providing information to you about this offering in two parts. The first part is this prospectus supplement and the information incorporated by reference herein, which describes the specific terms of the securities that we are offering and also adds to, updates or changes information contained in the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference into the accompanying prospectus. The second part is the accompanying prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference therein, which provides you with more general information, some of which may not apply to this offering and some of which may have been supplemented or superseded by information in this prospectus supplement or documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement that we filed with the SEC subsequent to the date of the prospectus. If the description of the offering in this prospectus supplement varies from statements in the accompanying prospectus, you should rely on the information in this prospectus supplement. Before you invest in our securities, you should carefully read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus and the additional information described under the heading “Documents Incorporated by Reference.”
 
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and the related ratios presented in this prospectus supplement are supplemental measures of performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). See “Summary — Summary Selected Financial Data” for the definition of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as well as our reasons for presenting this information. Adjusted EBITDA, as we define it, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by other companies and is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income, net income, cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.


S-iii


Table of Contents

 
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
 
In this prospectus supplement, we rely on and refer to information and statistics regarding economic trends and conditions and other data pertaining to the automated consumer financial services industry. We have obtained this data from our own research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties and industry or other publications, such as Mercator Advisory Group, LINK and APACS, and other publicly available sources. We believe that our sources of information and estimates are reliable and accurate, but we have not independently verified them. Our statements about the automated consumer financial services industry in general, the number and type of automated teller machines (“ATMs”) in various markets, and the size and operations of our competitors in this prospectus supplement are based on our management’s belief, this statistical data, internal studies, and our knowledge of industry trends. Neither we nor the underwriters can guarantee that this information is accurate or complete.
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
The information in this prospectus supplement and in the documents incorporated by reference includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). The words “project,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “contemplate,” “foresee,” “would,” “could,” “plan” or other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which are generally not historical in nature. These forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effect on us. While management believes that these forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made, there can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we currently anticipate. All comments concerning our expectations for future revenues and operating results are based on our forecasts for our existing operations and do not include the potential impact of any future acquisitions. Our forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from our historical experience and our present expectations or projections.
 
Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those summarized below:
 
  •  our financial outlook and the financial outlook of the ATM industry;
 
  •  our ability to respond to recent and future regulatory changes that may impact the ATM and financial services industries;
 
  •  our ability to respond to potential reductions in the amount of interchange fees that we receive from global and regional debit networks for transactions conducted on our ATMs;
 
  •  our ability to provide new ATM solutions to financial institutions;
 
  •  our ATM vault cash rental needs, including potential liquidity issues with our vault cash providers;
 
  •  the implementation of our corporate strategy;
 
  •  our ability to compete successfully with new and existing competitors;
 
  •  our ability to renew and strengthen our existing customer relationships and add new customers;
 
  •  our ability to meet the service levels required by our service level agreements with our customers;
 
  •  our ability to pursue and successfully integrate acquisitions;
 
  •  our ability to successfully manage our existing international operations and to continue to expand internationally;
 
  •  our ability to prevent security breaches;


S-iv


Table of Contents

 
  •  our ability to manage the risks associated with our third-party service providers failing to perform their contractual obligations;
 
  •  changes in interest rates and foreign currency rates; and
 
  •  the additional risks we are exposed to in our armored transport business.
 
The information contained in this prospectus supplement, including the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors,” identifies factors that could affect our operating results and performance. When considering forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind these factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus supplement and in the documents incorporated herein by reference. Should one or more of the risks or uncertainties described above or elsewhere in this prospectus supplement or in the documents incorporated by reference occur, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results and plans could differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. We specifically disclaim all responsibility to publicly update any information contained in a forward-looking statement or any forward-looking statement except as required by law. We urge you to carefully consider those factors, as well as factors described in our reports filed from time to time with the SEC and other announcements we make from time to time.


S-v


Table of Contents

 
SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights selected information about us and this offering, including information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein, and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read this summary together with the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus supplement, as well as the information in the accompanying prospectus and in the documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed in the sections titled “Risk Factors” on page S-13 of this prospectus supplement, on page 5 of the accompanying prospectus, in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the “2009 Form 10-K”) and in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2010 and June 30, 2010. In addition, certain statements include forward-looking information that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements” on page S-iv of this prospectus supplement.
 
Our Company
 
Cardtronics, Inc. provides convenient automated consumer financial services through its network of ATMs and multi-function financial services kiosks. As of June 30, 2010, we operated over 33,700 devices throughout the United States (“U.S.”) (including the U.S. territories of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands), the United Kingdom and Mexico, of which 69% were owned by us, making us the world’s largest non-bank owner of ATMs. Included within this number are approximately 2,200 multi-function financial services kiosks deployed in the U.S. that, in addition to traditional ATM functions such as cash dispensing and bank account balance inquiries, perform other consumer financial services, including bill payments, check cashing, remote deposit capture (which is deposit taking at ATMs not physically located at a bank using electronic imaging), and money transfers. To maximize the utility of our ATM footprint, we partner with large, nationally-known retail merchants and leading national financial institutions to provide convenience to their customers.
 
The agreements we enter into with our retail partners are typically multi-year agreements that allow us to place our ATMs and kiosks within their store locations. In doing so, we provide our retail partners with an automated financial services solution that we believe helps attract and retain customers, and in turn, increases the likelihood that our devices will be utilized. Historically, we have deployed and operated our devices under two distinct arrangements with our retail partners: Company-owned and merchant-owned arrangements. Under Company-owned arrangements, we provide the device and are typically responsible for all aspects of its operation, including transaction processing, procuring cash, supplies, and telecommunications as well as routine and technical maintenance. Under our merchant-owned arrangements, the retail merchant or the distributor owns the device and is usually responsible for providing cash and performing simple maintenance tasks, while we provide more complex maintenance services, transaction processing, and connection to the electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) networks. As of June 30, 2010, approximately 69% of our devices were Company-owned and 31% were merchant-owned. While we may continue to add merchant-owned devices to our network as a result of acquisitions and internal sales efforts, our focus for internal growth remains on expanding the number of Company-owned devices in our network due to the higher margins typically earned and the additional revenue opportunities available to us under Company-owned arrangements.
 
In addition to partnering with leading merchants, we also partner with leading national financial institutions to brand selected ATMs and financial services kiosks within our network, including Citibank, N.A., HSBC Bank USA, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., SunTrust Banks, Inc. and Sovereign Bank. As of June 30, 2010, approximately 11,600 of our Company-owned devices were under contract with financial institutions to place their logos on those machines, thus providing convenient surcharge-free access for their banking customers. We also own and operate the Allpoint network, which we believe is the largest surcharge-free ATM network within the United States based on the number of participating ATMs. The Allpoint network, which has approximately 1,200 card issuer participants and more than 37,000 participating ATMs, including a majority of our ATMs in the United States and all of our ATMs in the United Kingdom, provides surcharge-


S-1


Table of Contents

free ATM access to customers of participating financial institutions that lack a significant ATM network. Allpoint also works with financial institutions that manage prepaid debit card programs on behalf of corporate entities and governmental agencies, including general purpose, payroll, and electronic benefits transfer cards. Under these programs, the issuing financial institutions pay Allpoint a fee per card or per transaction in return for allowing the users of those cards surcharge-free access to Allpoint’s participating ATM network.
 
More recently, we have started offering a managed services solution. Under a managed services agreement, retailers and financial institutions rely on us to handle some or all of the operational aspects associated with operating and maintaining, as well as potentially owning, their ATM fleets. Under these types of arrangements, we will typically receive a fixed monthly management fee in return for providing certain services, including monitoring, maintenance, customer service, and cash management. Additionally, we will typically charge a per-transaction fee for any transaction processing services we provide under these arrangements.
 
Finally, we own and operate an EFT transaction processing platform that provides transaction processing services to our network of ATMs and financial services kiosks as well as approximately 1,900 ATMs owned and operated by third parties.
 
Our revenues are recurring in nature and historically have been primarily derived from transaction fees, which are paid by cardholders, and interchange fees, which are paid by the cardholder’s financial institution and are typically set by the applicable EFT network that transmits data between the device and the cardholder’s financial institution. We generate additional revenues by branding our devices with the logos of leading national banks and other financial institutions and by collecting fees from financial institutions that participate in Allpoint, our wholly-owned surcharge-free ATM network.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
Leading Market Position.  We are the world’s largest non-bank owner of ATMs. As of June 30, 2010, we operated over 33,700 devices, including approximately 2,200 multi-function financial services kiosks, located throughout the United States (including the U.S. territories of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands), the United Kingdom, and Mexico. We estimate that approximately 90% of the United States population lives within five miles of one of the devices operated by us. We believe the breadth of our global footprint would be difficult to replicate and represents a significant competitive advantage, as well as a barrier to entry for potential competitors.
 
Leading ATM Debit Network.  We have created one of the largest ATM debit networks in the United States. Our network leverages our customer relationships with well-known retailers and issuers of debit and prepaid debit cards, including leading national financial institutions and prepaid debit card companies. We operate the Allpoint network, which we believe is the largest surcharge-free network of ATMs in the United States based on the number of participating ATMs. Our network has enabled us to create new revenue streams, including bank branding and surcharge-free network revenues. As a result of the scale and reach of our network, we believe we benefit from significant network efficiencies as evidenced by our growth in transactions per device.
 
Multi-Year Contracts with Leading Retail Merchants.  We have developed significant relationships with leading national and regional retail merchants within the United States, the United Kingdom, and Mexico. These merchants typically operate high-traffic locations, which we have found to result in increased transaction activity and profitability. Our long-term retail merchant relationships can provide opportunities for us to deploy devices in additional locations of those retailers that do not currently have an ATM, and new locations opened by those retailers in the future. Our contracts with our retail merchant customers are typically multi-year arrangements with an initial targeted term of seven years. As of June 30, 2010, our contracts with our top 10 retail merchant customers (based on revenues for the trailing twelve months) had a weighted average remaining life of 5.6 years. In addition, our top 10 retail merchant customers have worked with us, including the businesses we have acquired, for an average of over nine years, and eight of these contracts have been renewed or extended since they were originally acquired. We believe our retail merchant customers value our


S-2


Table of Contents

high level of service, our 24-hour per day monitoring and accessibility, and that our devices in the United States are on-line and able to serve customers an average of 99.1% of the time.
 
Proprietary Transaction Processing Platform.  We believe that our proprietary EFT transaction processing platform sets us apart from our competitors. Our platform manages the transaction processing services to our network of devices as well as ATMs owned and operated by third parties, substantially reducing the incremental cost to process a transaction. Our transaction processing platform also gives us the ability to control the content of the information appearing on the screens of our devices as well as those devices that we process on behalf of financial institutions and retailers.
 
Recurring and Stable Revenues and Operating Cash Flows.  The long-term contracts that we enter into with our retail merchant partners provide us with relatively stable, recurring revenue streams. Additionally, our bank branding and surcharge-free network arrangements provide us with additional revenues under long-term contracts that are generally not based on the number of transactions per device. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, we derived over 98% of our total revenues from ATM transactions, bank branding, and surcharge-free fees, as well as other access fees generated through the provision of additional automated consumer financial services. Our recurring and stable revenue base, relatively low and predictable maintenance capital expenditure requirements, and minimal working capital requirements allow us to generate operating cash flows to service our indebtedness and invest in future growth initiatives.
 
Efficient, Scalable Infrastructure and Operations.  We believe the size of our ATM network combined with our operating infrastructure allows us to drive substantial economies of scale. Our infrastructure allows us to expand our operations without proportionally increasing our fixed and semi-fixed costs. The scale of our operations provides us with a competitive advantage in operating our own fleet, negotiating with third-party service providers, acquiring new ATM portfolios, and providing cost effective managed services solutions to financial institutions and large retailers. We believe that the operating efficiencies that result from our scale provide us with a significant cost advantage over our competitors. Our ATM operating gross profit margin (exclusive of depreciation, accretion and amortization) has increased from 22.9% in 2007 to 30.9% during the year ended December 31, 2009, and further to 32.4% during the six month period ended June 30, 2010.
 
Experienced Management Team.  Our management team has significant financial services, network, and payment processing-related experience. Our team is led by Steven A. Rathgaber, our recently hired Chief Executive Officer, who has over 32 years of broad payment product and network experience. Our management team has augmented the organic growth of our business by successfully identifying and integrating a number of acquired businesses, both in the United States and internationally, that have expanded our network and the products and services we offer. We believe the strength and expertise of our management team helps us attract new retail merchant customers and provides us with increased acquisition, bank branding, and managed services opportunities, thereby contributing significantly to our growth.
 
Our Market Opportunity
 
We believe that the following industry factors result in an increased market opportunity for us:
 
  •  the dollar volume of cash used in the United States economy is large and growing;
 
  •  United States banks are seeking to increase customer touch points in a cost-effective manner and provide convenient, surcharge-free access to ATMs;
 
  •  there has been a recent proliferation in the number of prepaid debit cards, especially in the United States, that can be used at our ATMs;
 
  •  recent increases in the fees charged by large United States financial institutions for non-customers to use their ATMs have provided us with an opportunity to increase the fees we charge on our ATMs and increased the value proposition of our Allpoint surcharge-free network;
 
  •  demand for automated consumer financial services beyond basic banking services continues to increase;


S-3


Table of Contents

 
  •  outsourcing by financial institutions of non-core operations such as the management of their ATM fleets could provide us with additional revenue opportunities; and
 
  •  the continuing under-penetration of ATMs in many international markets.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our strategy is to expand and enhance our position as a leading provider of automated consumer financial services in the United States, the United Kingdom and Mexico; to leverage our existing ATM network with products and services that increase our revenues per ATM; to become a significant provider of managed services to financial institutions and retailers with significant ATM and financial services kiosk networks; and to further expand our network and service offerings into select international markets. In order to execute this strategy, we will endeavor to:
 
Expand our Network of Devices with Leading Merchants.  We believe that we have opportunities to further expand the number of ATMs and financial services kiosks that we own and/or operate with leading merchants. With respect to our existing merchants, we have two principal opportunities to increase the number of deployed devices: first, by deploying devices in existing merchant locations that currently do not have a device, but where consumer traffic volumes and anticipated returns justify installing a device; and second, as our merchants open new locations, by installing devices in those locations. With respect to new merchant customers, we believe our expertise, national footprint, strong record of customer service, and significant scale position us to successfully market to, and enter into long-term contracts with, additional leading national and regional merchants.
 
Expand our Relationships with Leading Financial Institutions.  We believe we are well-positioned to work with financial institutions to fulfill many of their ATM and automated consumer financial services requirements. Our services currently offered to financial institutions include branding our ATMs with their logos and providing surcharge-free access to their customers, as well as managing their off-premise ATMs (i.e., ATMs not located in a bank branch). In addition, our EFT transaction processing capabilities provide us with the ability to provide customized control over the content of the information appearing on the screens of our ATMs and ATMs we manage for financial institutions and retailers, which we believe increases the types of products and services that we are able to offer to financial institutions. In the United Kingdom, our armored courier operation, coupled with our existing in-house engineering and EFT transaction processing capabilities, provides us with a full suite of services that we can offer to financial institutions in that market.
 
Continue to Capitalize on Surcharge-Free Network and Prepaid Debit Card Opportunities.  We plan to continue pursuing opportunities with respect to our surcharge-free network offerings, where financial institutions pay us to allow their customers surcharge-free access to our ATM network on a non-exclusive basis. We believe surcharge-free arrangements will enable us to increase transaction counts and profitability on our existing machines. We also plan to pursue additional opportunities to work with financial institutions that issue and sponsor prepaid debit card programs. We believe that these programs represent significant transaction growth opportunities for us, as many users of prepaid debit cards do not have bank accounts, and consequently, have historically not been able to utilize our existing ATMs and financial services kiosks.
 
Pursue International Growth Opportunities.  We have invested significant amounts of capital in the infrastructure of our United Kingdom and Mexico operations, and we plan to continue to selectively increase the number of our ATMs in these markets by increasing the number of machines deployed with our existing customer base, as well as adding new merchant customers. Additionally, we plan to expand our operations into selected international markets where we believe we can leverage our operational expertise, EFT transaction processing platform, and scale advantages. In particular, we expect to target high-growth, emerging markets where cash is the predominant form of payment, where off-premise ATM penetration is relatively low, and where we believe significant financial institution and/or retail managed services opportunities exist. We believe Central and Eastern Europe, Central and South America, and the Asia-Pacific regions are examples of international markets that meet these criteria.


S-4


Table of Contents

Develop and Provide Additional Automated Consumer Financial Services.  Service offerings by ATMs have continued to evolve over time. Certain ATM models are now capable of providing numerous automated consumer financial services, including bill payments, check cashing, remote deposit capture, and money transfers. Certain of our devices are capable of, and currently provide, these types of services. We believe these non-traditional consumer financial services offered by our devices, and other machines that we or others may develop, provide us with additional growth opportunities as retailers and financial institutions seek to provide additional convenient automated financial services to their customers.
 
Recent Developments
 
New Revolving Credit Facility.  On July 15, 2010, we entered into a new $175.0 million revolving credit facility. The new facility, which is led by a syndicate of banks including JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A., provides us with access to $175.0 million in borrowings and letters of credit (subject to the covenants contained within the facility) and has an initial termination date of February 2013; however, this date will be automatically extended to July 2015 in the event our existing senior subordinated notes are no longer outstanding or have been refinanced with a maturity date later than December 2015. Accordingly, upon the successful consummation of the tender offer for our Series A Notes and redemption of our Series B Notes, each as described below, the term of our revolving credit facility will be automatically extended to July 15, 2015. Additionally, the credit facility contains a feature that allows us to expand the facility up to $250.0 million, subject to the availability of additional bank commitments by existing or new syndicate participants. See “Description of Other Indebtedness — New Revolving Credit Facility” for additional information as to the terms of our new revolving credit facility.
 
Concurrent with the execution of the agreement governing our new revolving credit facility, we terminated our previous credit facility with the same borrowing capacity. We did not incur any material termination fees or penalties in connection with the termination of the previously-existing credit facility, which was due to mature in May 2012. However, we expect to record a $0.4 million pre-tax charge during the third quarter of 2010 to write-off certain deferred financing costs associated with the previous revolving credit facility.
 
Redemption of $100.0 Million 9.25% Senior Subordinated Notes — Series B.  On July 21, 2010, we issued a notice of redemption for all $100 million of our 9.25% senior subordinated notes — Series B due in 2013 (the “Series B Notes”). The Series B Notes will be redeemed on August 20, 2010, at a redemption price of 102.313% of the principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest to August 20. The redemption will be funded with approximately $30.0 million of available cash on hand and approximately $72.4 million of borrowings under our recently-executed credit facility (discussed above). We expect that the redemption of the Series B Notes combined with our new credit facility will enhance our financial flexibility by reducing our overall leverage and interest expense amounts. Based on the current interest rate environment, we expect that our annual cash interest expense savings will be roughly $8.0 million. However, during the third quarter of 2010, we expect to record a $3.2 million pre-tax charge to write-off the remaining unamortized discount and deferred financing costs associated with the Series B Notes. Additionally, we will record a $2.3 million pre-tax charge in the third quarter related to the call premium.
 
Tender Offer.  Concurrently with the launch of this $200.0 million offering, we commenced a tender offer for any and all of our outstanding 9.25% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 (the “Series A Notes”). The principal amount outstanding of the Series A Notes is $200.0 million. We are offering to purchase the Series A Notes for cash equal to 100.063% of their principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date and a consent fee of 2.5% of the principal amount of notes tendered before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on August 25, 2010, unless extended by us. No consent fees will be paid to holders who tender their notes after August 25, 2010 and prior to the expiration of the tender offer on September 9, 2010, unless extended by us. Our offer to purchase the Series A Notes is being made on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in an Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated August 12, 2010.


S-5


Table of Contents

In connection with the tender offer, we are also soliciting consents from the holders of the Series A Notes to amendments to the indenture governing the notes to eliminate most of the covenants and certain events of default.
 
The tender offer and consent solicitation are conditioned upon the receipt of consents to the proposed indenture amendment from holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Series A Notes. The tender offer and consent solicitation are also conditioned upon our completion of this offering so that the net proceeds from this offering, when combined with our cash on hand and available borrowings under our revolving credit facility, will provide sufficient funds to pay for all tendered Series A Notes and delivered consents plus all related fees and expenses.
 
If fully subscribed by August 25, 2010, we expect that the tender offer and consent solicitation will result in a pre-tax charge to our net income of approximately $8.8 million, and that they will cost approximately $205.7 million (including accrued and unpaid interest of approximately $0.6 million and the consent fees), which will be funded with the net proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds,” borrowings under our revolving credit facility, and cash on hand.
 
There is no assurance that the tender offer will be subscribed for in any amount, and we currently intend to redeem any Series A Notes that remain outstanding following the tender offer as permitted under the governing indenture, although we have no legal obligation to do so and the selection of any particular redemption date is in our discretion.
 
Corporate Information
 
Cardtronics is a Delaware corporation. Our principal offices are located at 3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400, Houston, TX 77042, telephone number (832) 308-4000, fax number (832) 308-4001, and our website can be found at www.cardtronics.com. Unless specifically incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement, information that you may find on our website is not part of this prospectus supplement.


S-6


Table of Contents

 
THE OFFERING
 
The following summary contains basic information about the notes and is not intended to be complete. For a more complete understanding of the notes, please refer to the section entitled “Description of Notes” in this prospectus supplement and the section entitled “Description of Debt Securities” in the accompanying prospectus.
 
Issuer Cardtronics, Inc.
 
Securities Offered $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 81/4% senior subordinated notes due 2018.
 
Maturity September 1, 2018.
 
Interest Rate and Payment Dates Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate of 8.25% per annum. Interest will accrue from . Interest on the notes will be payable semi-annually, in cash, in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, commencing on March 1, 2011.
 
Guarantees All payments on the notes, including principal and interest, will be jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by all of our existing domestic subsidiaries and certain of our future subsidiaries. See “Description of Notes — Note Guarantees.”
 
Ranking The notes and guarantees will be unsecured senior subordinated obligations and will rank:
 
• (i) junior in right of payment to all our and our subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness, including borrowings under our revolving credit facility and guarantees of those borrowings, (ii) effectively junior to secured debt and (iii) structurally junior to existing and future indebtedness of our non-guarantor subsidiaries;
 
• equal in right of payment with any of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future senior subordinated indebtedness; and
 
• senior in right of payment to any of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes and the guarantees, respectively.
 
As of June 30, 2010, after giving effect to the issuance and sale of the notes and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” together with borrowings under our revolving credit facility and cash on hand to fund our pending tender offer and consent solicitation for our Series A Notes, we would have had total consolidated indebtedness of approximately $291.6 million, consisting of approximately $82.1 million of secured indebtedness outstanding under our revolving credit facility, $200.0 million of the notes offered hereby, and $9.5 million of other non-guarantor indebtedness (of which Cardtronics has guaranteed 51%). The subsidiary guarantors would have had total indebtedness of $282.1 million, excluding intercompany indebtedness, consisting of their guarantees of our secured indebtedness and the notes. For further discussion, see “Capitalization” and “Description of Other Indebtedness.”
 
Optional Redemption We may redeem some or all of the notes on or after September 1, 2014 at the redemption prices set forth in this prospectus supplement under “Description of Notes — Original Redemption”. At any time prior to September 1, 2014, we may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at a price equity to 100% of their outstanding principal amount


S-7


Table of Contents

plus the make-whole premium described under the heading “Description of Notes — Optional Redemption,” together with any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.
 
In addition, at any time prior to September 1, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes issued under the indenture (including any additional notes) at a redemption price of 108.250% using the proceeds of certain equity offerings completed within the preceding 90 days. We may make this redemption only if, after the redemption, at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes originally issued under the indenture (including any additional notes) remains outstanding.
 
Change of Control If we experience specific kinds of changes or control, we must offer to repurchase the notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.
 
Certain Covenants The covenants contained in the indenture will, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
 
• incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;
 
• make certain investments or pay dividends or distributions on our capital stock or repurchase capital stock or make certain other restricted payments;
 
• consolidate or merge with or into other companies;
 
• conduct asset sales;
 
• restrict dividends or other payments by restricted subsidiaries;
 
• engage in transactions with affiliates or related persons; and
 
• create liens.
 
These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications, which are described under “Description of Notes — Certain Covenants.”
 
Use of Proceeds We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering together with borrowings under our revolving credit facility and cash on hand to fund our pending tender offer and consent solicitation for our Series A Notes and to redeem any Series A Notes not acquired in the tender offer. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Absence of a Public Market for the Notes
The notes are a series of securities for which there is currently no established trading market. The underwriters have advised us that they presently intend to make a market in the notes. However, you should be aware that they are not obligated to make a market in the notes and may discontinue their market-making activities at any time without notice. As a result, a liquid market for the notes may not be available if you try to sell your notes. We do not intend to apply for a listing of the notes on any securities exchange or any automated dealer quotation system.
 
Risk Factors Investing in the notes involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page S-13 of this prospectus supplement and page 5 of the accompanying prospectus for a discussion of certain factors you should consider in evaluating an investment in the notes.


S-8


Table of Contents

 
SUMMARY SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The summary selected balance sheet data for Cardtronics as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the summary selected statement of operations data for Cardtronics for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our audited financial statements. The summary selected balance sheet data as of June 30, 2009 and 2010 and the summary selected statements of operations data for Cardtronics for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. The financial information presented below is not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period. Future results could differ materially from historical levels due to many factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors” in this prospectus supplement. You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with all information included and incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement, including our historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in our 2009 Form 10-K and our historical unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010.
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
    (In thousands)  
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenues:
                                       
ATM operating revenues
  $ 365,322     $ 475,800     $ 483,138     $ 234,942     $ 256,247  
ATM product sales and other revenues
    12,976       17,214       10,215       5,051       4,477  
                                         
Total revenues
    378,298       493,014       493,353       239,993       260,724  
Cost of revenues:
                                       
Cost of ATM operating revenues (excludes depreciation, accretion, and amortization shown separately below)(1)
    281,705       362,916       333,907       166,204       173,293  
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues
    11,942       15,625       10,567       4,967       4,507  
                                         
Total cost of revenues
    293,647       378,541       344,474       171,171       177,800  
Gross profit
    84,651       114,473       148,879       68,822       82,924  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
    29,357       39,068       41,527       21,439       21,415  
Depreciation and accretion expense
    26,781       39,164       39,420       19,574       20,486  
Amortization expense
    18,870       18,549       18,916       9,031       7,744  
Loss on disposal of assets
    2,485       5,807       6,016       3,784       1,472  
Goodwill impairment charge
          50,003                    
                                         
Total operating expenses
    77,493       152,591       105,879       53,828       51,117  
Income (loss) from operations
    7,158       (38,118 )     43,000       14,994       31,807  
Other expense (income):
                                       
Interest expense, net
    29,523       31,090       30,133       15,355       14,632  
Amortization and write-off of financing costs and bond discounts
    1,641       2,107       2,395       1,171       1,272  
Other expense (income)
    (626 )     93       456       (1,127 )     34  
                                         
Total other expense
    30,538       33,290       32,984       15,399       15,938  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (23,380 )     (71,408 )     10,016       (405 )     15,869  
Income tax expense
    4,477       989       4,245       2,033       3,391  
                                         
Net income (loss)
    (27,857 )     (72,397 )     5,771       (2,438 )     12,478  
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (376 )     (1,022 )     494       142       310  
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests
    (27,481 )     (71,375 )     5,277       (2,580 )     12,168  
Preferred stock conversion and accretion expense
    36,272                          
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests and available to common stockholders
  $ (63,753 )   $ (71,375 )   $ 5,277     $ (2,580 )   $ 12,168  
                                         
 


S-9


Table of Contents

                                         
    As of December 31,   As of June 30,
    2007   2008   2009   2009   2010
    (In thousands)
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Total cash and cash equivalents
  $ 13,439     $ 3,424     $ 10,449     $ 6,492     $ 40,089  
Total assets
    590,737       480,828       460,404       468,136       472,647  
Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations, including current portion
    310,744       347,181       307,287       329,051       307,041  
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    106,720       (19,750 )     (1,290 )     (10,251 )     (2,131 )
 
                                                 
                Last Twelve Months
 
    Years Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010     2010  
    (In thousands, except ratios, share and per share information, number of devices, and transactions per device)  
 
Other Financial Data (Unaudited):
                                               
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
  $ 60,582     $ 81,939     $ 110,376     $ 50,411     $ 63,172     $ 123,137  
Net Debt Outstanding(3)
    295,176       342,765       296,602       321,954       266,952       266,952  
Net Debt Outstanding to Adjusted EBITDA
    4.87       4.18       2.69       6.39       4.23       2.17  
Capital expenditures, excluding acquisitions(4)
    76,642       60,133       28,530       10,799       21,554       39,285  
Interest expense, net
    29,523       31,090       30,133       15,355       14,632       29,410  
Operating Data (Unaudited):
                                               
Number of transacting Company-owned devices (at period end)
    20,732       22,215       22,871       22,244       23,233          
Average number of total transacting devices
    28,277       32,856       33,059       33,008       33,684          
Total transactions
    247,270       354,391       383,323       185,853       202,036          
Total cash withdrawal transactions
    166,248       228,306       244,378       119,611       126,429          
Amounts per device per month:
                                               
ATM operating revenues
  $ 1,076     $ 1,207     $ 1,218     $ 1,186     $ 1,268          
Cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization)(5)
    829       921       842       839       858          
                                                 
ATM operating gross profit(6)
  $ 247     $ 286     $ 376     $ 347     $ 410          
                                                 
ATM operating gross profit margin (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization)(5)
    22.9 %     23.7 %     30.9 %     29.3 %     32.4 %        
Total transactions
    729       899       966       938       1,000          
Total cash withdrawal transactions
    490       579       616       604       626          
 
 
(1) “Costs of ATM Operating Revenues” exclude depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense of $43.1 million, $52.4 million, and $51.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009,

S-10


Table of Contents

respectively, and $25.3 million and $24.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
 
(2) Adjusted EBITDA represents net income (loss) before interest expense, income tax expense, and depreciation, accretion and amortization expense, as well as adjustments for certain non-cash and non-recurring items. For the year ended December 31, 2008, Adjusted EBITDA also excluded a $50.0 million impairment charge of the goodwill associated with our United Kingdom operation. This charge has been excluded as goodwill and associated write-downs would be company-specific and management believes the inclusion of such a charge in Adjusted EBITDA would not contribute to its understanding of the operating results and effectiveness of its business. Adjusted EBITDA, as we define it, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by other companies and is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In evaluating our performance as measured by Adjusted EBITDA, we recognize and consider the limitations of this measurement. Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our obligations for the payment of income taxes, interest expense or other obligations such as capital expenditures. Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income, net income, cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
 
We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because:
 
  •  it is used by investors to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items such as interest expense, depreciation, accretion, and amortization, which can vary substantially from company to company within our industry depending upon accounting methods and book values of assets, capital structures and the method by which the assets were acquired; and
 
  •  it helps investors to more meaningfully evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the impact of our capital structure and asset base from our operating results.
 
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA:
 
  •  as a measure of operating performance because it assists them in comparing our performance on a consistent basis as it removes the impact of our capital structure and asset base from our operating results;
 
  •  as a measure for planning and forecasting overall expectations and for evaluating actual results against such expectations;
 
  •  to assess compliance with financial ratios and covenants included in our credit agreement;
 
  •  in communications with lenders concerning our financial performance; and
 
  •  as a performance measure by which our management is evaluated and compensated.
 
Management compensates for the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA as an analytical tool by reviewing the comparable U.S. GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures, and incorporating this knowledge into management’s decision-making process.


S-11


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), its most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, for each of the periods presented:
 
                                                 
          Six Months Ended
    Last Twelve Months
 
    Years Ended December 31,     June 30,     Ended June 30,  
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010     2010  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests
  $ (27,481 )   $ (71,375 )   $ 5,277     $ (2,580 )   $ 12,168     $ 20,025  
Income tax expense
    4,477       989       4,245       2,033       3,391       5,603  
Interest expense, including amortization of deferred financing costs and bond discounts
    31,164       33,197       32,528       16,526       15,904       31,906  
Goodwill impairment charge
          50,003                          
Amortization expense
    18,870       18,549       18,916       9,031       7,744       17,629  
Depreciation and accretion expense
    26,781       39,164       39,420       19,574       20,486       40,332  
                                                 
EBITDA
  $ 53,811     $ 70,527     $ 100,386     $ 44,584     $ 59,693     $ 115,495  
                                                 
Add back:
                                               
Loss on disposal of assets
  $ 2,485     $ 5,807     $ 6,016     $ 3,784     $ 1,472     $ 3,704  
Other (income) expense
    (626 )     93       (982 )     (1,127 )     3       148  
Noncontrolling interest
    (169 )     (1,633 )     (1,281 )     (566 )     (872 )     (1,587 )
Stock-based compensation expense
    1,050       3,516       4,620       2,120       2,876       5,376  
Adjustments to cost of ATM operating revenues(a)
    3,236       2,911       154       153             1  
Adjustments to selling, general, and administrative expenses(b)
    795       718       1,463       1,463              
                                                 
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 60,582     $ 81,939     $ 110,376     $ 50,411     $ 63,172     $ 123,137  
                                                 
 
  (a)  Adjustments to cost of ATM operating revenues for 2007 and 2008 primarily consisted of costs associated with the conversion of our ATMs over to our in-house EFT processing platform and, in 2008, start-up costs associated with our in-house armored operation in the United Kingdom.
 
  (b)  Adjustments to selling, general, and administrative expenses primarily consisted of litigation settlement costs in 2007, the write-off of certain acquisition-related costs in 2008, and the recognition of $1.2 million in severance costs associated with the departure of our former Chief Executive Officer during the six months ended June 30, 2009.
 
(3) Net debt outstanding is defined as total debt outstanding less cash and cash equivalents as of date of the end of each reporting period.
 
(4) Capital expenditure amounts are reflected gross of any noncontrolling interest amounts and include capital expenditures financed by direct debt.
 
(5) Excludes effects of depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense of $43.1 million, $52.4 million, and $51.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively, and $25.3 million and $24.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The inclusion of this depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense in “Cost of ATM operating revenues” would have increased our cost of ATM operating revenues per ATM per month and decreased our ATM operating gross profit per ATM per month by $127, $133, and $130 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively, and $129 and $119 for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Additionally, our ATM operating gross profit margin would have been 11.1%, 12.7%, and 20.2% for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively, and 18.5% and 22.9% for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
 
(6) ATM operating gross profit is a measure of profitability that uses only the revenue and expenses that related to operating the ATMs. The revenue and expenses from ATM equipment sales and other ATM-related services are not included.


S-12


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
Investing in the notes involves risks. You should carefully consider the risks described below together with the other information contained in, or incorporated by reference into, this prospectus supplement, before you decide to invest in the notes offered by this prospectus supplement. We believe that the risks and uncertainties described below are the material risks and uncertainties facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem immaterial, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations or future growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
We depend on ATM and financial services transaction fees for substantially all of our revenues, and our revenues and profits would be reduced by a decline in the usage of our ATMs and financial services kiosks or a decline in the number of devices that we operate, whether as a result of global economic conditions or otherwise.
 
Transaction fees charged to cardholders and their financial institutions for transactions processed on our ATMs and financial services kiosks, including surcharge (or “convenience”) and interchange transaction fees, have historically accounted for most of our revenues. We expect that transaction fees, including fees we receive through our bank branding and surcharge-free network offerings, will continue to account for a substantial majority of our revenues for the foreseeable future. Consequently, our future operating results will depend on (i) the continued market acceptance of our services in our target markets, (ii) maintaining the level of transaction fees we receive, (iii) our ability to install, acquire, operate, and retain more devices, (iv) continued usage of our devices by cardholders, and (v) our ability to continue to expand our surcharge-free and other consumer financial services offerings. If alternative technologies to our services are successfully developed and implemented, we will likely experience a decline in the usage of our devices. Convenience fees, which are determined through negotiations between us and our merchant partners, could be reduced over time. Further, growth in surcharge-free ATM networks and widespread consumer bias toward these networks could adversely affect our revenues, even though we maintain our own surcharge-free offerings. Many of our devices are utilized by consumers that frequent the retail establishments in which our devices are located, including convenience stores, malls, grocery stores, and other large retailers. If there is a significant slowdown in consumer spending, and the number of consumers that frequent the retail establishments in which we operate our devices declines significantly, the number of transactions conducted on those devices, and the corresponding transaction fees we earn, may also decline.
 
Although we experienced an increase in our monthly ATM operating revenues per device during 2009 and the first half of 2010, we cannot assure you that our transaction revenues will not decline in the future. A decline in usage of our devices by cardholders or in the levels of fees received by us in connection with this usage, or a decline in the number of devices that we operate, would have a negative impact on our revenues and would limit our future growth.
 
Interchange fees, which comprise a substantial portion of our transaction revenues, may be lowered at the discretion of the various EFT networks through which our transactions are routed, or through potential regulatory changes, thus reducing our future revenues.
 
Interchange fees, which represented approximately 31% of our total ATM operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009, are set by the various EFT networks through which transactions conducted on our devices are routed. Interchange fees are set by each network and typically vary from one network to the next. Accordingly, if some or all of the networks through which our ATM transactions are routed were to reduce the interchange rates paid to us or increase their transaction fees charged to us for routing transactions across their network, or both, our future transaction revenues could decline.
 
Recently, certain networks have reduced the net interchange fees paid to ATM deployers for transactions routed through their networks. For example, effective April 1, 2010, a global network brand reduced the interchange rates it pays to domestic ATM deployers for ATM transactions routed across its debit network. As


S-13


Table of Contents

a result, we have recently seen certain financial institutions migrate their volume away from other networks to take advantage of the lower pricing offered by these networks. Such rate change is expected to reduce our ATM operating gross profits by approximately $1.9 million over the remainder of 2010. Additionally, interchange rates in the United Kingdom, which are set by LINK, the United Kingdom’s primary ATM debit network, are expected to decline slightly beginning in 2011. As a result, the interchange revenues generated by certain of our ATMs in that market are expected to decline in the future. If other networks enact interchange fee reductions similar to those outlined above, our interchange revenues could be negatively impacted in future periods.
 
Finally, some federal officials in the United States have expressed concern that consumers using an ATM may not be aware that in addition to paying the surcharge fee that is disclosed to them at the ATM, their financial institution may also assess an additional fee to offset any interchange fee assessed to the financial institution by the EFT networks with regard to that consumer’s transaction. While there are currently no pending legislative actions calling for limits on the amount of interchange fees that can be charged by the EFT networks to financial institutions for ATM transactions, there can be no assurance that such legislative actions will not occur in the future.
 
Any potential future network or legislative actions that affect the amount of interchange fees that can be assessed on a transaction may adversely affect our revenues. Historically, we have been successful in offsetting the effects of any such reductions in interchange fees received by us through changes in our business. However, we can give no assurances that we will be successful in offsetting the effects of any future reductions in the interchange fees received by us, if and when they occur.
 
In the United States, the proliferation of payment options other than cash, including credit cards, debit cards, and prepaid debit cards, could result in a reduced need for cash in the marketplace and a resulting decline in the usage of our ATMs.
 
The United States has seen a shift in consumer payment trends since the late 1990s, with more customers now opting for electronic forms of payment (e.g., credit cards and debit cards) for their in-store purchases over traditional paper-based forms of payment (e.g., cash and checks). Additionally, merchants are now offering free cash back at the point-of-sale for customers that utilize debit cards for their purchases, thus providing an additional incentive for consumers to use these cards. According to the Nilson Report from 2003 to 2008, cash transaction counts declined from approximately 41% of all payment transactions in 2003 to approximately 34% in 2008, with declines also seen in check usage as credit and debit card transactions increased. However, in terms of absolute dollar value, the volume of cash used in payment transactions increased from $1.3 trillion in 2003 to $1.6 trillion in 2008. Furthermore, during 2009, we saw an increase in the number of cash withdrawal transactions conducted on our domestic ATMs, in part due to the proliferation of prepaid debit cards, thus implying a continued demand for cash and convenient, reliable access to that cash. Regardless, the continued growth in electronic payment methods could result in a reduced need for cash in the marketplace and ultimately, a decline in the usage of our ATMs.
 
Deterioration in global credit markets, as well as changes in legislative and regulatory requirements, could have a negative impact on financial institutions that we conduct business with.
 
We have a significant number of customer and vendor relationships with financial institutions in all of our key markets, including relationships in which those financial institutions pay us for the right to place their brands on our devices. Additionally, we rely on a small number of financial institution partners to provide us with the cash that we maintain in our Company-owned devices. Turmoil in the global credit markets in the future, such as that recently experienced, may have a negative impact on those financial institutions and our relationships with them. In particular, if the liquidity positions of the financial institutions with which we conduct business deteriorate significantly, these institutions may be unable to perform under their existing agreements with us. If these defaults were to occur, we may not be successful in our efforts to identify new branding partners and cash providers, and the underlying economics of any new arrangements may not be consistent with our current arrangements. Furthermore, if our existing bank branding partners or cash providers are acquired by other institutions with assistance from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. (“FDIC”), or


S-14


Table of Contents

placed into receivership by the FDIC, it is possible that our agreements may be rejected in part or in their entirety.
 
Finally, in response to the economic crisis, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act” or “the Act”), which contains broad measures aimed at overhauling existing financial regulations within the United States, was signed into law on July 21, 2010. Among many other things, the Act includes provisions that (i) call for the establishment of a new Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, (ii) limit the activities that banking entities may engage in and (iii) give the Federal Reserve Bank the authority to regulate interchange transaction fees charged by electronic funds transfer networks for electronic debit transactions. Many of the detailed regulations required under the Act have yet to be finalized and will likely not be finalized for some time. Moreover, based on the current language contained within the Act, it is uncertain whether the regulation of interchange fees for electronic debit transactions will apply to ATM cash withdrawal transactions. If ATM cash withdrawal transactions were to fall under the proposed regulatory framework, and the related interchange fees were reduced from their current levels, such change could have a material adverse impact on our future revenues and operating profits. In addition, it is unclear at this point what impact these new regulations will ultimately have on financial institutions with whom we conduct business. However, if those financial institutions are negatively impacted by such regulations, our future operating results could be negatively impacted.
 
The passing of legislation banning or limiting the fees we receive for transactions conducted on our ATMs would severely impact our revenues.
 
Despite the nationwide acceptance of convenience fees at ATMs in the United States since their introduction in 1996, consumer activists have from time to time attempted to impose local bans or limits on such fees. Even in the few instances where these efforts have passed the local governing body (such as with an ordinance adopted by the city of Santa Monica, California), federal courts have overturned these local laws on federal preemption grounds. More recently, some federal officials have expressed concern that convenience fees charged by financial institutions and other ATM operators are unfair to consumers. To that end, an amendment proposing limits on the fees that ATM operators, including financial institutions, can charge consumers was recently introduced in the United States Senate, but was not ultimately included in the final version of the Dodd-Frank Act that was signed into law. If similar proposed legislation were to be enacted in the future, and the amount we were able to charge for consumers to use our ATMs was reduced, our revenues and related profitability would be negatively impacted. Furthermore, if such limits were set at levels that are below our current or future costs to operate our ATMs, it would have a material adverse impact on our ability to continue to operate under our current business model.
 
In the United Kingdom, the Treasury Select Committee of the House of Commons published a report regarding convenience fees in the ATM industry in March 2005. This committee was formed to investigate public concerns regarding the ATM industry, including (1) adequacy of disclosure to ATM customers regarding fee levels, (2) whether ATM providers should be required to provide free services in low-income areas and (3) whether to limit the level of fees charged. While the committee made numerous recommendations to Parliament regarding the ATM industry, including that ATMs should be subject to the Banking Code (a voluntary code of practice adopted by all financial institutions in the United Kingdom), the United Kingdom government did not accept the committee’s recommendations. Despite the rejection of the committee’s recommendations, the United Kingdom government did sponsor an ATM task force to look at social exclusion in relation to ATM services. As a result of the task force’s findings, approximately 600 additional free-to-use ATMs (to be provided by multiple ATM providers) were required to be installed in low income areas throughout the United Kingdom. While this is less than a 2% increase in free-to-use ATMs throughout the United Kingdom, there is no certainty that other similar proposals will not be made and accepted in the future. If the legislature or another body with regulatory authority in the United Kingdom were to impose limits on the level of fees charged for ATM transactions, our operating revenues in the United Kingdom would be negatively impacted.
 
In Mexico, surcharging for off-premise ATMs was legalized in late 2003, but was not formally implemented until July 2005. In early October 2009, the Central Bank of Mexico adopted new rules regarding


S-15


Table of Contents

how ATM operators disclose fees to consumers. The objective of these rules was to provide more transparency to the consumer regarding the cost of a specific ATM transaction, rather than to limit the amount of fees charged to the consumer. Such rules, which became effective in May 2010, required ATM operators to elect between receiving interchange fees from card issuers or surcharge fees from consumers. Cardtronics Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (“Cardtronics Mexico”) elected to assess a surcharge fee on the consumer rather than select the interchange fee-only option, and subsequently raised the level of its surcharge fees in order to recoup the interchange fees it is no longer receiving. Because these changes were just recently enacted, we cannot be certain what impact such rate changes will have on the long-term withdrawal transaction levels in that market. However, based on very early indications, withdrawal transaction levels in Mexico have declined by amounts greater than those originally anticipated. If such initial transaction declines continue or worsen from their current levels, the additional surcharge fee amounts may not be sufficient to offset the lost interchange revenues, resulting in lower revenues and profitability per ATM in that market.
 
As a result of the above developments, we have decided to reduce the number of planned ATM deployments in Mexico for the remainder of 2010 in order to gauge the impact of the above rules on our ATM transaction levels and related profits. If transaction levels continue to worsen, and if we are unsuccessful in its efforts to implement certain measures to mitigate the effects of such transaction declines, our overall profitability in that market will decline. If such declines are significant, we may be required to record an impairment charge in future periods to write-down the carrying value of certain existing tangible and intangible assets associated with that operation.
 
Further consolidations within the banking industry may impact our branding relationships as existing branding customers are acquired by other, more stable financial institutions, some of which may not be existing branding customers.
 
In recent years, an unprecedented amount of consolidation unfolded within the United States banking industry. For example, Washington Mutual, which had over 950 ATMs branded with us, was acquired by JPMorgan Chase, an existing branding customer of ours, in 2008. Additionally, Wachovia, which had 15 high-transaction ATMs branded with us, was acquired by Wells Fargo, a bank that was not an existing branding customer of ours, at the end of 2008. Furthermore, in 2009, Sovereign Bank, which currently has over 1,150 ATMs branded with us, was acquired by Banco Santander, one of the largest banks in Europe. Although our branding contracts were largely unaffected by these transactions, we cannot assure you that they will remain unaffected by future consolidations that may occur within the banking industry, and in particular, our branding partners.
 
We rely on third parties to provide us with the cash we require to operate many of our devices. If these third parties were unable or unwilling to provide us with the necessary cash to operate our devices, we would need to locate alternative sources of cash to operate our devices or we would not be able to operate our business.
 
In the United States, we rely on Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”), Wells Fargo, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”), and US Bancorp (“US Bank”) to provide us with the cash that we use in over 18,000 of our domestic devices where cash is not provided by the merchant (“vault cash”). In the United Kingdom, we rely on Alliance & Leicester Commercial Bank (“ALCB”) to provide us with the vault cash that we use in over 2,500 of our ATMs. Finally, S.A. Institución de Banca Multiple (“Bansi”) is our sole vault cash provider in Mexico and provides us with the cash that we use in over 2,300 of our ATMs in that market. Under our vault cash rental agreements with these providers, we pay a vault cash rental fee based on the total amount of vault cash that we are using at any given time. As of June 30, 2010, the balance of vault cash held in our United States, United Kingdom, and Mexico ATMs and financial services kiosks was approximately $896.9 million, $164.9 million, and $37.4 million, respectively.
 
Under our vault cash rental agreements, at all times during this process, beneficial ownership of the cash is retained by the cash providers, and we have no access or right to the cash except for those ATMs that are serviced by our wholly-owned armored courier operation in the United Kingdom. While our armored courier


S-16


Table of Contents

operation has physical access to the cash loaded in those machines, beneficial ownership of that cash remains with the cash provider at all times.
 
Our existing vault cash rental agreements expire at various times from March 2011 through December 2013. However, each provider has the right to demand the return of all or any portion of its cash at any time upon the occurrence of certain events beyond our control, including certain bankruptcy events of us or our subsidiaries, or a breach of the terms of our cash provider agreements. Other key terms of our agreements include the requirement that the cash providers provide written notice of their intent not to renew. Such notice provisions typically require a minimum of 180 to 360 days’ notice prior to the actual termination date. If such notice is not received, then the contracts will typically automatically renew for an additional one-year period. Additionally, our contract with one of our vault cash providers contains a provision that allows the provider to modify the pricing terms contained within the agreement at any time with 90 days prior written notice. However, in the event both parties do not agree to the pricing modifications, then either party may provide 180 days prior written notice of its intent to terminate.
 
If our vault cash providers were to demand return of their cash or terminate their arrangements with us and remove their cash from our devices, or if they fail to provide us with cash as and when we need it for our operations, our ability to operate our devices would be jeopardized, and we would need to locate alternative sources of vault cash. In the event this was to happen, the terms and conditions of the new or renewed agreements could potentially be less favorable to us, which would negatively impact our results of operations.
 
We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from devices placed with a small number of merchants. If one or more of our top merchants were to cease doing business with us, or to substantially reduce its dealings with us, our revenues could decline.
 
For the six months ended June 30, 2010, we derived 52% of our total revenues from ATMs and financial services kiosks placed at the locations of our five largest merchant customers. For both the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, our top five merchants (based on our total revenues) were 7-Eleven, Inc. (“7-Eleven”), CVS Caremark Corporation (“CVS”), Walgreen Co. (“Walgreens”), Target Corporation (“Target”), and Hess Corporation (“Hess”). 7-Eleven, which is the single largest merchant customer in our portfolio, comprised approximately 31% and 34% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively. Accordingly, a significant percentage of our future revenues and operating income will be dependent upon the successful continuation of our relationship with 7-Eleven as well as our other top merchants.
 
The loss of any of our largest merchants or a decision by any one of them to reduce the number of our devices placed in their locations would result in a decline in our revenues. Furthermore, if their financial condition were to deteriorate in the future and, as a result, one of more of these merchants was required to close a significant number of their domestic store locations, our revenues would be significantly impacted. Additionally, these merchants may elect not to renew their contracts when they expire. Even if such contracts are renewed, the renewal terms may be less favorable to us than the current contracts. If any of our five largest merchants enters bankruptcy proceedings and rejects its contract with us, fails to renew its contract upon expiration, or if the renewal terms with any of them are less favorable to us than under our current contracts, it could result in a decline in our revenues and gross profits.
 
In May 2009, we settled a long-standing lawsuit with one of our merchant customers who was the seventh largest merchant customer in our portfolio (based on revenues) during the year ended December 31, 2009. In accordance with the settlement, our placement agreement with this merchant and the related bank branding agreement associated with those ATMs were terminated. As a result of this settlement, our revenues were negatively impacted during 2009 and will continue to be negatively impacted in the future. Any additional losses of large merchant customers could result in further declines in our revenues and gross profits.


S-17


Table of Contents

A substantial portion of our revenues and operating profits are generated by our merchant relationship with 7-Eleven. Accordingly, if 7-Eleven’s financial condition deteriorates in the future and it is required to close some or all of its store locations, or if our placement agreement with 7-Eleven expires or is terminated, our future financial results would be significantly impaired.
 
7-Eleven is the single largest merchant customer in our portfolio, representing approximately 31% and 34% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 and six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively. Accordingly, a significant percentage of our future revenues and operating income will be dependent upon the successful continuation of our relationship with 7-Eleven. If 7-Eleven’s financial condition were to deteriorate in the future and, as a result, it was required to close a significant number of its domestic store locations, our financial results would be significantly impacted. Additionally, while the underlying placement agreement with 7-Eleven has an initial term of ten years, we may not be successful in renewing such agreement with 7-Eleven upon the end of that initial term, or such renewal may occur with terms and conditions that are not as favorable to us as those contained in the current agreement. Furthermore, the placement agreement executed with 7-Eleven contains certain terms and conditions, which if we fail to meet, gives 7-Eleven the right to terminate the placement agreement or our exclusive right to provide certain services.
 
We rely on EFT network providers, transaction processors, armored courier providers, and maintenance providers; if they fail or no longer agree to provide their services, we could suffer a temporary loss of transaction revenues or the permanent loss of any merchant contract affected by such disruption.
 
We rely on EFT network providers and have agreements with transaction processors, armored courier providers, and maintenance providers and have more than one such provider in each of these key areas. These providers enable us to provide card authorization, data capture, settlement, and cash management and maintenance services to the merchants we serve. Typically, these agreements are for periods of up to two or three years each. If we improperly manage the renewal or replacement of any expiring vendor contract, or if our multiple providers in any one key area failed to provide the services for which we have contracted and disruption of service to our merchants occurs, our relationship with those merchants could suffer.
 
For example, during the fourth quarter of 2007 and the full year of 2008, our results of operations were negatively impacted by a higher percentage of downtime experienced by our ATMs in the United Kingdom as a result of certain third-party service-related issues. If such disruption of service should recur, our relationships with the affected merchants could be materially negatively impacted. Furthermore, any disruptions in service in any of our markets, whether caused by us or by third party providers, may result in a loss of revenues under certain of our contractual arrangements that contain minimum service-level requirements.
 
Additionally, in February 2010, Mount Vernon Money Center (“MVMC”), one of our third-party armored service providers in the Northeast United States, ceased all cash replenishment operations for its customers following the arrest on charges of bank fraud of its founder and principal owner. Shortly thereafter, the U.S. District Court in the Southern District of New York (the “SDNY”) appointed a receiver (the “Receiver”) to, among other things, seize all of the assets in the possession of MVMC. As a result of these actions, we were required to convert over 1,000 ATMs that were being serviced by MVMC to another third-party armored service provider, resulting in a minor amount of downtime being experienced by those ATMs. Further, based upon a federal indictment in the SDNY of MVMC’s President and of its Chief Operating Officer (the “Indictment”), it appears that all or some of the cash which was delivered to MVMC’s vaults for the sole purpose of loading such cash into our ATMs was misappropriated by MVMC. We estimate that, immediately prior to the cessation of MVMC’s operations, the amount of vault cash that MVMC should have been holding for loading into our ATMs totaled approximately $16.2 million.
 
The Indictment alleges that the defendants defrauded multiple financial institutions and seeks the forfeiture to the United States government from the defendants in an amount of at least $75 million. If the defendants are convicted and forfeiture directed, it is our belief that it is highly likely that the U.S. Government will distribute forfeited assets it obtains to the victims. We intend to seek recovery from such forfeited assets. Additionally, on May 27, 2010, MVMC, under the control of the Receiver, filed a voluntary petition for relief


S-18


Table of Contents

under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, at this point, it is uncertain what amount, if any, may ultimately be made available to us from the vault cash seized by law enforcement authorities, other assets that may be forfeited to the United States government, other assets controlled by the Receiver or in the MVMC bankruptcy estate, or from other potential sources of recovery, including proceeds from any insurance policies held by MVMC and/or its owner. Regardless, we currently believe that our existing insurance policies will cover any residual cash losses resulting from this incident, less related deductible payments. Because we cannot reasonably estimate the amount of residual cash losses that may ultimately result from this incident at this point in time, no contingent loss has been reflected in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. If new information comes to light and the recovery of any resulting cash losses is no longer deemed to be probable, we may be required to recognize such losses without a corresponding insurance receivable.
 
If we, our transaction processors, our EFT networks or other service providers experience system failures, the products and services we provide could be delayed or interrupted, which would harm our business.
 
Our ability to provide reliable service largely depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operations of our EFT transaction processing platform, third-party transaction processors, telecommunications network systems, and other service providers. Accordingly, any significant interruptions could severely harm our business and reputation and result in a loss of revenues. Additionally, if any such interruption is caused by us, especially in those situations in which we serve as the primary transaction processor, such interruption could result in the loss of the affected merchants or damage our relationships with such merchants. Our systems and operations and those of our transaction processors and our EFT network and other service providers could be exposed to damage or interruption from fire, natural disaster, unlawful acts, terrorist attacks, power loss, telecommunications failure, unauthorized entry, and computer viruses. We cannot be certain that any measures we and our service providers have taken to prevent system failures will be successful or that we will not experience service interruptions.
 
Our armored transport business exposes us to additional risks beyond those currently experienced by us in the ownership and operation of ATMs.
 
During 2008, we implemented our own armored courier operation in the United Kingdom. As of June 30, 2010, we were providing armored services to approximately 835 of our ATMs in that market and expect to transition approximately 850 additional locations over to our operation during 2010 and early 2011 by opening a second depot in that market. Our armored transport business exposes us to significant risks, including the potential for cash-in-transit losses, as well as claims for personal injury, wrongful death, worker’s compensation, punitive damages, and general liability. While we will seek to maintain appropriate levels of insurance to adequately protect us from these risks, there can be no assurance that we will avoid significant future claims or adverse publicity related thereto. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that our insurance coverage will be adequate to cover potential liabilities or that insurance coverage will remain available at costs that are acceptable to us. The availability of quality and reliable insurance coverage is an important factor in our ability to successfully operate this aspect of our operations. A successful claim brought against us for which coverage is denied or that is in excess of our insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Security breaches could harm our business by compromising customer information and disrupting our transaction processing services, thus damaging our relationships with our merchant customers and exposing us to liability.
 
As part of our transaction processing services, we electronically process and transmit sensitive cardholder information. In recent years, companies that process and transmit this information have been specifically and increasingly targeted by sophisticated criminal organizations in an effort to obtain the information and utilize it for fraudulent transactions. Unauthorized access to our computer systems, or those of our third-party service providers, could result in the theft or publication of the information or the deletion or modification of sensitive records, and could cause interruptions in our operations. While the security risks outlined above are mitigated


S-19


Table of Contents

by the use of encryption and other techniques, any inability to prevent security breaches could damage our relationships with our merchant customers and expose us to liability.
 
Computer viruses could harm our business by disrupting our transaction processing services, causing noncompliance with network rules and damaging our relationships with our merchant customers.
 
Computer viruses could infiltrate our systems, thus disrupting our delivery of services and making our applications unavailable. Although we utilize several preventative and detective security controls in our network, any inability to prevent computer viruses could damage our relationships with our merchant customers and cause us to be in non-compliance with applicable network rules and regulations.
 
Operational failures in our EFT transaction processing facilities could harm our business and our relationships with our merchant customers.
 
An operational failure in our EFT transaction processing facilities could harm our business and damage our relationships with our merchant customers. Damage or destruction that interrupts our transaction processing services could damage our relationships with our merchant customers and could cause us to incur substantial additional expense to repair or replace damaged equipment. We have installed back-up systems and procedures to prevent or react to such disruptions. However, a prolonged interruption of our services or network that extends for more than several hours (i.e., where our backup systems are not able to recover) could result in data loss or a reduction in revenues as our devices would be unable to process transactions. In addition, a significant interruption of service could have a negative impact on our reputation and could cause our present and potential merchant customers to choose alternative service providers.
 
Errors or omissions in the settlement of merchant funds could damage our relationships with our merchant customers and expose us to liability.
 
We are responsible for maintaining accurate bank account information for our merchant customers and accurate settlements of funds into these accounts based on the underlying transaction activity. This process relies on accurate and authorized maintenance of electronic records. Although we have certain controls in place to help ensure the safety and accuracy of our records, errors or unauthorized changes to these records could result in the erroneous or fraudulent movement of funds, thus damaging our relationships with our merchant customers and exposing us to liability.
 
The inaccurate settlement of funds between the various parties to our ATM transactions could harm our business and our relationships with our merchants.
 
As of June 30, 2010, we had transitioned a majority of our Company- and merchant-owned devices from third-party processors to our own EFT transaction processing platform, with the exception of roughly 1,300 ATMs. These remaining ATMs are scheduled to be converted over to our own EFT transaction processing platform by the end of the third quarter of 2010. If not performed properly, the processing of transactions conducted on our devices could result in the inaccurate settlement of funds between the various parties to those transactions and expose us to increased liability.
 
Changes in interest rates could increase our operating costs by increasing interest expense under our credit facilities and our vault cash rental costs.
 
Interest on amounts borrowed under our revolving and swing line credit facilities is based on floating interest rates, and our vault cash rental expense is based on market interest rates. As a result, our interest expense and cash management costs are sensitive to changes in interest rates. Vault cash is the cash we use in our machines in cases where cash is not provided by the merchant. We pay rental fees on the average amount of vault cash outstanding in our ATMs under floating rate formulas based on the LIBOR to Bank of America, Wells Fargo, and US Bank in the United States and ALCB in the United Kingdom. Additionally, in Mexico, we pay a monthly rental fee to our vault cash provider under a formula based on the Mexican Interbank Rate. Although we currently hedge a significant portion of our vault cash interest rate risk related to our operations in the United


S-20


Table of Contents

States and in the United Kingdom through December 31, 2014, we may not be able to enter into similar arrangements for similar amounts in the future. Furthermore, we have not currently entered into any derivative financial instruments to hedge our variable interest rate exposure in Mexico. Any significant future increases in interest rates could have a negative impact on our earnings and cash flow by increasing our operating costs and expenses. See “Part I, Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — Interest Rate Risk” in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010.
 
We maintain a significant amount of cash within our Company-owned devices, which is subject to potential loss due to theft or other events, including natural disasters.
 
As of June 30, 2010, there was approximately $1.1 billion in vault cash held in our domestic and international devices. Although legal and equitable title to such cash is held by the cash providers, any loss of such cash from our ATMs through theft or other means is typically our responsibility. We typically require that our cash service providers maintain adequate insurance coverage in the event cash losses occur as a result of misconduct or negligence on the part of such providers. However, we also maintain our own insurance policies to cover a significant portion of any losses that may occur that may ultimately not be covered by the insurance policies maintained by our service providers. In the event we incur losses that are covered by our insurance carriers, we will be required to fund a portion of those losses through the payment of any related deductible amounts under those policies. Furthermore, any increase in the frequency and/or amounts of such thefts and losses could negatively impact our operating results as a result of higher deductible payments and increased insurance premiums. Additionally, any damage sustained to our merchant customers’ store locations in connection with any ATM-related thefts, if extensive and frequent enough in nature, could negatively impact our relationships with such merchants and impair our ability to deploy additional ATMs in those locations (or new locations) with those merchants in the future. Finally, impacted merchants may request, and have requested on a limited basis, that we remove ATMs from store locations that have suffered damage as a result of ATM-related thefts, thus negatively impacting our financial results.
 
The ATM industry is highly competitive and such competition may increase, which may adversely affect our profit margins.
 
The ATM business is and can be expected to remain highly competitive. Our principal competition comes from independent ATM companies in the United States and the United Kingdom, and national and regional financial institutions in the United Kingdom and Mexico. Additionally, we experience competition from national and regional financial institutions in the United States that are not currently bank branding customers or members of our Allpoint surcharge-free ATM network. Our competitors could prevent us from obtaining or maintaining desirable locations for our devices, cause us to reduce the convenience fee revenue generated by transactions at our devices, or cause us to pay higher merchant fees, thereby reducing our profits. In addition to our current competitors, additional competitors may enter the market. We can offer no assurance that we will be able to compete effectively against these current and future competitors. Increased competition could result in transaction fee reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share.
 
The election of our merchant customers to not participate in our surcharge-free network offerings could impact the network’s effectiveness, which would negatively impact our financial results.
 
Financial institutions that are members of Allpoint pay a fee in exchange for allowing their cardholders to use selected Cardtronics owned and/or managed ATMs on a surcharge-free basis. The success of Allpoint is dependent upon the participation by our merchant customers in such network. In the event a significant number of our merchants elects not to participate Allpoint, the benefits and effectiveness of that network would be diminished, thus potentially causing some of the participating financial institutions to not renew their agreements with us, and thereby negatively impacting our financial results.
 
We may be unable to integrate our future acquisitions in an efficient manner and inefficiencies would increase our cost of operations and reduce our profitability.
 
We have been an active business acquirer both in the United States and internationally, and may continue to be active in the future. The acquisition and integration of businesses involves a number of risks. The core


S-21


Table of Contents

risks are in the areas of valuation (negotiating a fair price for the business based on inherently limited due diligence) and integration (managing the complex process of integrating the acquired company’s people, products, technology and other assets so as to realize the projected value of the acquired company and the synergies projected to be realized in connection with the acquisition).
 
The process of integrating operations could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of one or more of our combined businesses and the possible loss of key personnel. The diversion of management’s attention and any delays or difficulties encountered in connection with acquisitions and the integration of the two companies’ operations could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.
 
In addition, acquired businesses may not achieve anticipated revenues, earnings or cash flows. Any shortfall in anticipated revenues, earnings or cash flows could require us to write down the carrying value of the intangible assets associated with any acquired company, which would adversely affect our reported earnings. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a $50.0 million impairment charge to write down the value of the goodwill associated with our investment in Bank Machine Limited, our wholly-owned subsidiary in the United Kingdom.
 
Since May 2001, we have acquired 14 ATM networks and one surcharge-free ATM network. Prior to our E*TRADE Access acquisition in June 2004, we had acquired only the assets of deployed ATM networks, rather than businesses and their related infrastructure. While we have not completed any significant acquisitions since our July 2007 acquisition of the financial services business of 7-Eleven, we expect to continue to evaluate selected acquisition opportunities that complement our existing network, some of which could be material. We currently anticipate that any such future acquisitions will likely reflect a mix of asset acquisitions and acquisitions of businesses, with each acquisition having its own set of unique characteristics. To the extent that we elect to acquire an existing company or the operations, technology, and personnel of another ATM provider, we may assume some or all of the liabilities associated with the acquired company and face new and added challenges integrating such acquisition into our operations.
 
Any inability on our part to effectively manage our past or future growth could limit our ability to successfully grow the revenue and profitability of our business.
 
Our international operations involve special risks and may not be successful, which would result in a reduction of our gross profits.
 
As of June 30, 2010, approximately 16.9% of our devices were located in the United Kingdom and Mexico. Those devices contributed 17.8% and 15.8% of our gross profits (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization) for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, respectively. We expect to continue to expand in the United Kingdom and Mexico and potentially into other countries as opportunities arise. However, our international operations are subject to certain inherent risks, including:
 
  •  exposure to currency fluctuations, including the risk that our future reported operating results could be negatively impacted by unfavorable movements in the functional currencies of our international operations relative to the United States dollar, which represents our consolidated reporting currency;
 
  •  difficulties in complying with the different laws and regulations in each country and jurisdiction in which we operate, including unique labor and reporting laws;
 
  •  unexpected changes in laws, regulations, and policies of foreign governments or other regulatory bodies, including changes that could potentially disallow surcharging or that could result in a reduction in the amount of interchange fees received per transaction;
 
  •  unanticipated political and social instability that may be experienced in developing countries;
 
  •  rising crime rates in certain of the areas we operate in, including increased incidents of crimes against store personnel where our ATMs are located;


S-22


Table of Contents

 
  •  difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, including hiring and retaining skilled workers in those countries in which we operate; and
 
  •  potential adverse tax consequences, including restrictions on the repatriation of foreign earnings.
 
Any of these factors could reduce the profitability and revenues derived from our international operations and international expansion. For example, during the latter half of 2008 and during 2009, we incurred reduced revenues as a consequence of the United States dollar strengthening relative to the British pound and Mexican peso. Additionally, the recent political and social instability in Mexico resulting from an increase in drug-related violence could negatively impact the level of transactions incurred on our existing devices in that market, as well as our ability to successfully grow our business there. Furthermore, the recent regulatory changes in Mexico appear to have had an adverse impact on our transaction volumes in that market. See further discussion on this topic in the above risk factors entitled “The passing of legislation banning or limiting the fees we receive for transactions conducted on our ATMs would severely impact our revenues.” and “Deterioration in global credit markets, as well as changes in legislative and regulatory requirements, could have a negative impact on financial institutions that we conduct business with.”
 
Our proposed expansion efforts into new international markets involve unique risks and may not be successful.
 
We plan to continue expanding our operations internationally with a focus on high growth emerging markets, such as those in Central and Eastern Europe, Central and South America, and the Asia-Pacific region. Because the off-premise ATM industry is relatively undeveloped in these emerging markets, we may not be successful in these expansion efforts. In particular, many of these markets do not currently employ or support an off-premise ATM surcharging model, meaning that we would have to rely on interchange fees as our primary source of revenues. While we have had some success in deploying non-surcharging ATMs in selected markets, such a model requires significant transaction volumes to make it economically feasible to purchase and deploy ATMs. Furthermore, most of the ATMs in these markets are owned and operated by financial institutions, thus increasing the risk that cardholders would be unwilling to utilize an off-premise ATM with an unfamiliar brand. Finally, the regulatory environments in many of these markets are evolving and unpredictable, thus increasing the risk that a particular deployment model chosen at inception may not be economically viable in the future.
 
In 2008, we recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $50.0 million. If we experience additional impairments of our goodwill or other intangible assets, we will be required to record an additional charge to earnings, which may be significant.
 
We have a large amount of goodwill and other intangible assets and are required to perform periodic assessments for any possible impairment for accounting purposes. As of June 30, 2010, we had goodwill and other intangible assets of $244.0 million, or 51.6% of our total assets. We periodically evaluate the recoverability and the amortization period of our intangible assets under U.S. GAAP. Some of the factors that we consider to be important in assessing whether or not impairment exists include the performance of the related assets relative to the expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the assets or the strategy for our overall business, and significant negative industry or economic trends. These factors, assumptions, and any changes in them could result in an impairment of our goodwill and other intangible assets. In the event we determine our goodwill or amortizable intangible assets are impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements, which would negatively impact our results of operations and that impact could be material. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a $50.0 million goodwill impairment charge. Additionally, during each of the years ended December 2009 and 2008, we recorded $0.4 million in net impairment charges associated with intangibles related to our acquired merchant contracts/relationships. Other impairment charges in the future may also adversely affect our results of operations.
 
Additionally, the new and potential regulatory issues facing our Mexico operations could result in the potential impairment of assets associated with those operations. For further discussion on this topic, see the


S-23


Table of Contents

above risk factor entitled “The passing of legislation banning or limiting the fees we receive for transactions conducted on our ATMs would severely impact our revenues.”
 
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which may adversely affect our cash flows and our ability to operate our business, remain in compliance with debt covenants, and make payments on our indebtedness.
 
As of June 30, 2010, after giving effect to (i) the issuance and sale of the notes and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” to fund our pending tender offer and consent solicitation for our Series A Notes and (ii) the redemption of our Series B Notes with approximately $30 million of available cash on hand and $72.4 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility, we would have had outstanding indebtedness of approximately $291.6 million, which represents 104% of our total capitalization of $280.2 million, and we would have had approximately $88.6 million available for future borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:
 
  •  make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes or our other indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including financial and other restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under the indentures governing our senior subordinated notes and the agreements governing our other indebtedness;
 
  •  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow in the future to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  limit our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;
 
  •  make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and
 
  •  limit our ability to borrow additional amounts in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our growth strategy, research and development costs, or other purposes.
 
Any of these factors could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. If we do not have sufficient earnings to service our debt, we may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets, borrow more money or sell securities, none of which we can guarantee we will be able to do.
 
The terms of our credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes offered hereby may restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in our business or to take certain actions.
 
Our credit agreement and the indentures governing our senior subordinated notes include a number of covenants that, among other items, restrict or limit our ability to:
 
  •  sell or transfer property or assets;
 
  •  pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase stock;
 
  •  merge into or consolidate with any third party;
 
  •  create, incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness;
 
  •  create certain liens;
 
  •  make investments;
 
  •  engage in transactions with affiliates;


S-24


Table of Contents

 
  •  issue or sell preferred stock of restricted subsidiaries; and
 
  •  enter into sale and leaseback transactions.
 
In addition, we are required by our credit agreement to maintain specified financial ratios. While we currently have the ability to borrow the full amount available under our credit agreement, as a result of these ratios and limits, we may be limited in the manner in which we conduct our business in the future and may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance our future operations or capital needs. Accordingly, these restrictions may limit our ability to successfully operate our business and prevent us from fulfilling our debt obligations. A failure to comply with the covenants or financial ratios could result in an event of default. In the event of a default under our credit agreement, the lenders could exercise a number of remedies, some of which could result in an event of default under the indentures governing the senior subordinated notes. An acceleration of indebtedness under our credit agreement would also likely result in an event of default under the terms of any other financing arrangement we have outstanding at the time. If any or all of our debt were to be accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay our indebtedness in full. If we are unable to repay any amounts outstanding under our bank credit facility when due, the lenders will have the right to proceed against the collateral securing our indebtedness.
 
We incurred substantial losses in the past and may incur losses again in the future.
 
Although we generated a net profit of $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and a net profit of $12.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, we incurred net losses in the preceding four years. As of June 30, 2010, we had an accumulated deficit of $84.8 million. There can be no guarantee that we will continue to achieve profitability in the future. Even if we continue to be profitable, given the competitive and evolving nature of the industry in which we operate, we may not be able to sustain or increase such profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.
 
We operate in a changing and unpredictable regulatory environment. If we are subject to new legislation regarding the operation of our ATMs, we could be required to make substantial expenditures to comply with that legislation, which may reduce our net income and our profit margins.
 
With its initial roots in the banking industry, the United States ATM industry is regulated by the rules and regulations of the federal Electronic Funds Transfer Act, which establishes the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of participants in EFT systems. The vast majority of states have few, if any, licensing requirements. However, legislation related to the United States ATM industry is periodically proposed at the state and local level. Additionally, the recent increase in convenience fees by several large financial institutions has prompted certain members of the United States Congress to call for a reexamination of the interchange and convenience fees that consumers are charged at an ATM. To date, no such legislation has been enacted that materially adversely affects our business. In the United Kingdom, the ATM industry is largely self-regulating. Most ATMs in the United Kingdom are part of the LINK network and must operate under the network rules set forth by LINK, including complying with rules regarding required signage and screen messages. Additionally, legislation is proposed from time-to-time at the national level, though nothing to date has been enacted that materially affects our business.
 
Finally, the ATM industry in Mexico has been historically operated by financial institutions. Banco de Mexico supervises and regulates ATM operations of both financial institutions and non-bank ATM deployers. Although, Banco de Mexico’s regulations permit convenience fees to be charged in ATM transactions, it has not issued specific regulations for the provision of ATM services. In addition, in order for a non-bank ATM deployer to provide ATM services in Mexico, the deployer must be affiliated with PROSA-RED or E-Global, which are credit card and debit card proprietary networks that transmit information and settle ATM transactions between their participants. As only financial institutions are allowed to be participants of PROSA-RED or E-Global, Cardtronics Mexico entered into a joint venture with Bansi, who is a member of PROSA-RED. As a financial institution, Bansi and all entities in which it participates, including Cardtronics Mexico, are regulated by the Ministry of Finance and Public Credit (“Secretaria de Hacienda y Crédito Público”) and supervised by the Banking and Securities Commission (“Comisión Nacional Bancaria y de Valores”).


S-25


Table of Contents

Additionally, Cardtronics Mexico is subject to the provisions of the Ley del Banco de Mexico (Law of Banco de Mexico), the Ley de Instituciones de Crédito (Mexican Banking Law), and the Ley para la Transparencia y Ordenamiento de los Servicios Financieros (Law for the Transparency and Organization of Financial Services).
 
We will continue to monitor all such legislation and attempt, to the extent possible, to prevent the passage of such laws that we believe are needlessly burdensome or unnecessary. If regulatory legislation is passed in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate, we could be required to make substantial expenditures which would reduce our net income.
 
For additional information on regulatory issues that may potentially impact our operations, see the above risk factors entitled “The passing of legislation banning or limiting the fees we receive for transactions conducted on our ATMs would severely impact our revenues” and “Deterioration in global credit markets, as well as changes in legislative and regulatory requirements, could have a negative impact on financial institutions that we conduct business with.”
 
Potential new currency designs may require modifications to our ATMs that could severely impact our cash flows.
 
On November 26, 2006, a U.S. District Court judge ruled that the United States’ currencies (as currently designed) violate the Rehabilitation Act, a law that prohibits discrimination in government programs on the basis of disability, as the paper currencies issued by the United States are identical in size and color, regardless of denomination. As a consequence of this ruling, the United States Treasury conducted a study to determine the options to make United States paper currency accessible to the blind or visually impaired. It is our understanding that the Bureau of Engraving and Printing received that study on or about July 28, 2009, and together with the United States Treasury and the Federal Reserve, are reviewing the study. Upon the completion of that review, these institutions will publish their recommendations and thereafter seek public comments (in writing and at public forums) on those recommendations. Following the public comment period, a final recommendation will be made to the Secretary of the Treasury, who has authority to change the design and features of the currency notes utilized in the United States. While it is still uncertain at this time what impact, if any, this process will have on the ATM industry (including us), it is possible that any changes made to the design of the paper currency notes utilized in the United States could require us to incur additional costs, which could be substantial, to modify our ATMs in order to store and dispense such notes.
 
Noncompliance with established EFT network rules and regulations could expose us to fines and penalties and could negatively impact our results of operations. Additionally, new EFT network rules and regulations could require us to expend significant amounts of capital to remain in compliance with such rules and regulations.
 
Our transactions are routed over various EFT networks to obtain authorization for cash disbursements and to provide account balances. These networks include Star, Pulse, NYCE, Cirrus, and Plus in the United States; LINK in the United Kingdom; and PROSA-RED in Mexico. EFT networks set the interchange fees that they charge to the financial institutions, as well as the amounts paid to us. Additionally, EFT networks, including MasterCard and Visa, establish rules and regulations that ATM providers, including ourselves, must comply with in order for member cardholders to use those ATMs. Failure to comply with such rules and regulations could expose us to penalties and/or fines, which could negatively impact our financial results. For example, in the United Kingdom, MasterCard and Visa require compliance with the EMV security standard. This standard provides for the security and processing of information contained on microchips imbedded in certain debit and credit cards, known as “smart cards.” While we completed our compliance efforts in this regard in 2008, we incurred $1.2 million in charges earlier that year due to transactions conducted on our machines with counterfeit cards prior to the completion of our EMV certification efforts.
 
In addition to the above, new rules or regulations enacted by the EFT networks could require us to expend significant sums of capital to ensure that our ATMs and financial services kiosks remain in compliance with such rules and regulations. For example, we expended significant sums of capital in recent years to meet the Triple-DES security standards mandated by MasterCard and Visa. Similar rules and regulations that may


S-26


Table of Contents

be enacted in the future could result in us having to make additional capital outlays in order to remain in compliance, some of which could be significant.
 
The passing of anti-money laundering legislation could cause us to lose certain merchant accounts and reduce our revenues.
 
Recent concerns by the United States federal government regarding the use of ATMs to launder money could lead to the imposition of additional regulations on our sponsoring financial institutions and our merchant customers regarding the source of cash loaded into their ATMs. In particular, such regulations could result in the incurrence of additional costs by individual merchants who load their own cash, thereby making their ATMs less profitable. Accordingly, some individual merchants may decide to discontinue their ATM operations, thus reducing the number of merchant-owned accounts that we currently manage. If such a reduction were to occur, we would see a corresponding decrease in our revenues.
 
Our operating results have fluctuated historically and could continue to fluctuate in the future, which could affect our ability to maintain our current market position or expand.
 
Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including the following:
 
  •  changes in general economic conditions and specific market conditions in the ATM and financial services industries;
 
  •  changes in regulatory requirements associated with the ATM and financial services industries;
 
  •  changes in payment trends and offerings in the markets in which we operate;
 
  •  competition from other companies providing the same or similar services that we offer;
 
  •  the timing and magnitude of operating expenses, capital expenditures, and expenses related to the expansion of sales, marketing, and operations, including as a result of acquisitions, if any;
 
  •  the timing and magnitude of any impairment charges that may materialize over time relating to our goodwill, intangible assets or long-lived assets;
 
  •  changes in the general level of interest rates in the markets in which we operate;
 
  •  changes in the mix of our current services; and
 
  •  changes in the financial condition and credit risk of our customers.
 
Any of the foregoing factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Although we have experienced growth in revenues in recent quarters, this growth rate is not necessarily indicative of future operating results. A relatively large portion of our expenses are fixed in the short-term, particularly with respect to personnel expenses, depreciation, accretion, and amortization expenses, and interest expense. Therefore, our results of operations are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in revenues. As such, comparisons to prior periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future performance.
 
Risks Related to Investment in the Notes
 
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.
 
Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the notes.


S-27


Table of Contents

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the notes. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments and the indenture governing the notes may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In addition, any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. Our revolving credit facility and the indenture governing the notes offered hereby restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from the disposition. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain the proceeds that we could realize from them and these proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.
 
If we are unable to comply with the restrictions and covenants in the agreements governing our notes and other debt, there could be a default under the terms of these agreements, which could result in an acceleration of payment of funds that we have borrowed and would impact our ability to make principal and interest payments on the notes.
 
If we are unable to comply with the restrictions and covenants in the agreements governing our notes or in current or future debt financing agreements, there could be a default under the terms of these agreements. Our ability to comply with these restrictions and covenants, including meeting financial ratios and tests, may be affected by events beyond our control. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with these restrictions and covenants or meet these tests. Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under our revolving credit facility, that is not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness, could prevent us from paying principal, premium, if any, and interest on the notes and substantially decrease the market value of the notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including covenants in our revolving credit facility and the indenture governing the notes), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness, including our revolving credit facility and the indenture governing the notes. In the event of such default:
 
  •  the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest;
 
  •  the lenders under our revolving credit facility could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets; and
 
  •  we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.
 
If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under our revolving credit facility to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our revolving credit facility and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under our revolving credit facility, the lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.
 
An active trading market for the notes may not develop.
 
There is no existing market for the notes. We do not intend to apply for a listing of the notes on any securities exchange or any automated dealer quotation system. There can be no assurance that a trading market for the notes will ever develop or will be maintained. Further, there can be no assurance as to the liquidity of


S-28


Table of Contents

any market that may develop for the notes, your ability to sell your notes or the price at which you will be able to sell your notes. Future trading prices of the notes will depend on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, our financial condition and results of operations, the then-current ratings assigned to the notes and the market for similar securities. Any trading market that develops would be affected by many factors independent of and in addition to the foregoing, including the:
 
  •  time remaining to the maturity of the notes;
 
  •  outstanding amount of the notes;
 
  •  terms related to optional redemption of the notes; and
 
  •  level, direction and volatility of market interest rates generally.
 
The underwriters have advised us that they currently intend to make a market in the notes. However, they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue their market-making activities at any time without notice. If an active market does not develop or is not maintained, the market price and liquidity of the notes may be adversely affected.
 
The notes and the subsidiary guarantees are subordinated to our and the subsidiary guarantors’ senior debt.
 
The notes will be our senior subordinated obligations. Accordingly, the notes will be subordinated to all of our existing and future senior debt. As of June 30, 2010, after giving effect to (i) the issuance and sale of the notes and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” to fund our pending tender offer and consent solicitation for our Series A Notes and (ii) the redemption of our Series B Notes with approximately $30 million of available cash on hand and $72.4 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility, we would have had outstanding senior indebtedness of approximately $82.1 million, and we would have had approximately $88.6 million available for future borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
 
We expect to incur additional senior debt from time to time in the future. The indenture governing the notes will limit, but not prohibit, the incurrence of other debt by us, including senior debt. As a result of such subordination, upon any distribution to our creditors in a liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy, reorganization or any similar proceeding by or relating to us or our property, the holders of our senior debt would be entitled to receive payment in full before the holders of the notes would be entitled to receive any payment. In addition, all payments on the notes could be blocked in the event of a default on our senior debt. See “Description of Notes — Subordination.”
 
The notes will not be secured. The borrowings under our revolving credit facility are secured by liens on our assets. If we or any of our guarantors liquidate, dissolve or declare bankruptcy, or if payment under the credit agreement or any of our other secured debt is accelerated, our secured creditors would be entitled to exercise the remedies available to a secured creditor under applicable law and will have a claim on those assets before the holders of the notes.
 
The guarantees are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the guarantors, subordinated to all senior indebtedness of the guarantors, and in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of a guarantor, such guarantor’s secured creditors will have a prior secured claim to any collateral securing the debt owed to them. Such guarantor’s unsecured senior creditors will also have a prior claim to that of the holders of the notes. In addition, under the indenture governing the notes, any additional senior debt we are permitted to incur may be secured.
 
The notes will be structurally subordinated to all indebtedness of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes.
 
While certain of our subsidiaries will guarantee the notes, other subsidiaries are not guaranteeing the notes. You will not have any claim as a creditor against our other subsidiaries that are not guarantors of the notes. Accordingly, all obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries will have to be satisfied before any of the


S-29


Table of Contents

assets of such subsidiaries would be available for distribution, upon a liquidation or otherwise, to us or a guarantor of the notes. As of June 30, 2010, our non-guarantor subsidiaries had approximately $9.5 million of total indebtedness, excluding intercompany indebtedness owed to us or the guarantors.
 
We may not be able to repurchase the notes in certain circumstances.
 
Under the terms of the indenture, we may be required to repurchase all or a portion of the notes if we sell certain assets or in the event of a change of control, and we may not have enough funds to pay the repurchase price on the repurchase date. Our existing and any future credit agreements or other debt agreements to which we become a party may provide that our obligation to purchase or redeem the notes would be an event of default under such agreement. As a result, we may be restricted or prohibited from repurchasing or redeeming the notes. If we are prohibited from repurchasing or redeeming the notes, we could seek the consent of our then-existing lenders to repurchase or redeem the notes or we could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If we are unable to obtain a consent or refinance the debt, we could not repurchase or redeem the notes. Our failure to redeem tendered notes would constitute a default under the indenture and might constitute a default under the terms of other indebtedness that we incur.
 
In a recent decision, the Chancery Court of Delaware raised the possibility that a change of control put right occurring as a result of a failure to have “continuing directors” comprising a majority of a board of directors may be unenforceable on public policy grounds. Therefore, you may not be entitled to receive this protection under the indenture.
 
The term “change of control” is limited to certain specified transactions and may not include other events that might adversely affect our financial condition. Our obligation to repurchase the notes upon a change of control would not necessarily afford holders of notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, merger or similar transaction involving us.
 
Any guarantees of the notes by our subsidiaries could be deemed fraudulent conveyances under certain circumstances, and a court may subordinate or void the subsidiary guarantees.
 
Our existing domestic subsidiaries will be the initial subsidiary guarantors of the notes. In certain circumstances, any of our future domestic subsidiaries may be required to guarantee the notes. A court could subordinate or void the subsidiary guarantees under various fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer laws. Generally, to the extent that a U.S. court was to find that at the time one of our subsidiaries entered into a subsidiary guarantee and either:
 
  •  the subsidiary incurred the guarantee with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud any present or future creditor, or contemplated insolvency with a design to favor one or more creditors to the exclusion of others; or
 
  •  the subsidiary did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for issuing the subsidiary guarantee and, at the time it issued the subsidiary guarantee, the subsidiary:
 
  •  was insolvent or became insolvent as a result of issuing the subsidiary guarantee,
 
  •  was engaged or about to engage in a business or transaction for which the remaining assets of the subsidiary constituted unreasonably small capital, or
 
  •  intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay those debts as they matured,
 
then the court could void or subordinate the subsidiary guarantee in favor of the subsidiary’s other obligations.
 
A legal challenge of a subsidiary guarantee on fraudulent conveyance grounds may focus, among other things, on the benefits, if any, the subsidiary realized as a result of our issuing the notes. To the extent a subsidiary guarantee is voided as a fraudulent conveyance or held unenforceable for any other reason, the holders of the notes would not have any claim against that subsidiary and would be creditors solely of us and any other subsidiary guarantors whose guarantees are not held unenforceable.


S-30


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We expect the net proceeds from this offering to be approximately $196.0 million, after deducting estimated fees and expenses (including underwriting discounts and commissions). We expect to use all of the net proceeds from this offering together with borrowings under our revolving credit facility and cash on hand to fund our pending tender offer and consent solicitation. Assuming that all of our existing Series A Notes are tendered for repurchase on August 25, 2010, we will use the entire net proceeds together with approximately $9.7 million of borrowings under our revolving credit facility for such purpose (including accrued and unpaid interest of approximately $0.6 million and the related consent fees). In the event that all of our Series A Notes are not tendered in the tender offer or our tender offer is not consummated, we will use the net proceeds from this offering for the redemption of such Series A Notes.
 
We used the net proceeds from our previous offering of the Series A Notes to repay debt then outstanding under our first lien and second lien term loans.
 
As of June 30, 2010, no borrowings were outstanding under our $175.0 million revolving credit facility. However, as of June 30, 2010, we had a $4.3 million letter of credit to secure borrowings under our United Kingdom subsidiary’s overdraft facility. We also plan to utilize approximately $72.4 million of available funding from the revolving credit facility, along with approximately $30.0 million in cash on hand, to fund the redemption of the $100.0 million 2013 Series B Notes on August 20, 2010.
 
Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates are holders of our Series A Notes and may receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering in the tender offer described under “Summary — Recent Developments — Tender Offer.”


S-31


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and our consolidated capitalization as of June 30, 2010 on an actual and as adjusted basis to reflect (i) the consummation of this offering and the application of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds” to fund the pending tender and consent solicitation of the Series A Notes and (ii) the redemption of our Series B Notes with approximately $30 million of available cash on hand and $72.4 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
 
You should read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in our 2009 Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC on March 4, 2010, and our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010, as filed with the SEC on August 6, 2010, all of which are incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement.
 
                 
    As of June 30, 2010  
    Actual     As Adjusted  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents(1)
  $ 40,089     $ 10,089  
                 
Long-term debt (including current maturities):
               
Revolving credit facility (1)(2)
  $     $ 82,133  
Long-term notes payable
    9,474       9,474  
9.25% senior subordinated notes due 2013, net of discounts of $2.4 million
    297,567        
8.25% of senior subordinated notes due 2018 offered hereby
          200,000  
                 
Total long-term debt
  $ 307,041     $ 291,607  
                 
Stockholders’ deficit:
               
Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 125,000,000 shares authorized; 47,235,439 shares issued; 41,746,143 shares outstanding
    4       4  
Additional paid-in capital
    203,571       203,571  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net
    (72,541 )     (72,541 )
Accumulated deficit
    (84,754 )     (94,078 )(3)
Treasury stock, 5,489,296 shares at cost
    (50,342 )     (50,342 )
                 
Total parent stockholders’ deficit
    (4,062 )     (13,386 )
Noncontrolling interests
    1,931       1,931  
                 
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (2,131 )     (11,455 )
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 304,910     $ 280,152  
                 
 
 
(1) We expect to utilize approximately $30 million of our cash on hand and $72.4 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility to fund the redemption of our Series B Notes. Additionally, if our tender offer for the Series A Notes is fully subscribed on August 25, 2010, we expect to borrow an additional $9.7 million under our revolving credit facility to fund the costs associated with the completion of the tender offer and consent solicitation.
 
(2) As of June 30, 2010, no borrowings were outstanding under our $175.0 million revolving credit facility. However, we had a $4.3 million letter of credit posted under the facility to secure borrowings under our United Kingdom subsidiary’s overdraft facility. Additionally, as noted above, we anticipate borrowing approximately $82.1 million under our revolving credit facility in August 2010 to fund, in part, the redemption of our Series B Notes and to complete the tender offer and consent solicitation for our Series A Notes.
 
(3) Reflects estimated after-tax charges associated with the redemption of the Series B Notes of approximately $3.6 million and after-tax charges associated with the tender offer and consent solicitation of the Series A Notes if fully subscribed on August 25, 2010 of approximately $5.7 million.


S-32


Table of Contents

 
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 
The following table sets forth our ratio of consolidated earnings to fixed charges for the periods presented:
 
                                                 
    Years Ended December 31,   Six Months Ended June 30
    2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   2010
 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges(1)
                            1.29 x     1.94x  
 
 
(1) Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $5.4 million, $0.2 million, $23.4 million, and $71.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006, 2007, and 2008, respectively.
 
For purposes of calculating the ratio of consolidated earnings to fixed charges:
 
  •  “earnings” is the aggregate of the following items: pre-tax income from continuing operations before adjustment for income or loss from equity investees; plus fixed charges; plus amortization of capitalized interest; plus distributed income of equity investees; plus our share of pre-tax losses of equity investees for which charges arising from guarantees are included in fixed charges; less interest capitalized; less preference security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries; and less the noncontrolling interest in pre-tax income of subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges; and
 
  •  “fixed charges” means the sum of the following: (1) interest expensed and capitalized, (2) amortized premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses related to indebtedness, (3) an estimate of the interest within rental expense and (4) preference security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries.


S-33


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
 
New Revolving Credit Facility
 
On July 15, 2010, we entered into a new $175.0 million revolving credit agreement with lenders including affiliates of certain of the underwriters. Under the terms of the agreement, outstanding borrowings will bear interest at either LIBOR or base rate, at our election, plus an applicable margin, based on the Company’s “Total Leverage Ratio,” as defined in the agreement. The facility, which includes a $15.0 million swing line facility, a $60.0 million foreign currency sub-limit, and a $20.0 million letter of credit sub-limit, provides for $175.0 million in borrowings and letters of credit, but also contains a feature that allows us to expand the facility up to an amount of $250.0 million, subject to the availability of additional bank commitments. The initial termination date of the facility is February 2013; however, such date will be automatically extended to July 2015 in the event our existing senior subordinated notes are no longer outstanding or have been refinanced with a maturity date later than December 2015. Accordingly, upon the successful consummation of the tender offer for our Series A Notes and redemption of our Series B Notes, each as described below, the term of our revolving credit facility will be automatically extended to July 15, 2015.
 
The credit agreement contains representations, warranties and covenants that are customary for similar credit arrangements, including, among other things, covenants relating to (i) financial reporting and notification, (ii) payment of obligations, (iii) compliance with applicable laws and (iv) notification of certain events. Financial covenants in the facility require us to maintain:
 
  •  A ratio of (i) the sum of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness (as defined in the credit agreement) as of such date minus (b) Subordinated Indebtedness (as defined in the credit agreement) as of such date to (ii) Consolidated Adjusted Pro Forma EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) for the four quarter period then ended of no more than 2.25 to 1.00;
 
  •  A Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the credit agreement) of no more than 4.00 to 1.00; and
 
  •  A ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Consolidated Adjusted Pro Forma EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) for the four quarter period then ended, minus (ii) our capital expenditures and those of our restricted subsidiaries for such period, minus (iii) dividends and distributions in respect of its equity interests paid by us and our restricted subsidiaries during such period (excluding any such dividends and distributions paid to an obligor or restricted subsidiary), minus (iv) consideration paid by us for repurchase or redemption of our equity interests held by our employees, directors and officers during such period in excess of $5.0 million minus (v) consideration paid by us for repurchase or redemption of our equity interests held by other persons during such period in excess of $10.0 million, minus (vi) cash taxes paid by us and our restricted subsidiaries during such period, to (b) cash interest expense of at least 1.50 to 1.00.
 
In addition to the above financial covenants, the credit agreement also contains various customary restrictive covenants, subject to certain exceptions, that prohibit us from, among other things, incurring additional indebtedness or guarantees, creating liens or other encumbrances on property or granting negative pledges, entering into a merger or similar transaction, selling or transferring certain property, making certain restricted payments and entering into transactions with affiliates.
 
The failure to comply with the covenants contained in the agreement will constitute an event of default (subject, in the case of certain covenants, to applicable notice and/or cure periods) under the agreement. Other events of default under the agreement include, among other things, (i) the failure to timely pay principal, interest, fees or other amounts due and owing, (ii) the inaccuracy of representations or warranties in any material respect, (iii) the occurrence of certain bankruptcy or insolvency events, (iv) loss of lien perfection or priority and (v) the occurrence of a change in control. The occurrence and continuance of an event of default could result in, among other things, termination of the lenders’ commitments and acceleration of all amounts outstanding.
 
Our obligations under the credit agreement are guaranteed by certain of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain limitations. In addition, our obligations under the agreement, subject to certain


S-34


Table of Contents

exceptions, are secured on a first-priority basis by liens on substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets as well as those of the guarantors.
 
Senior Subordinated Notes
 
In August 2005, we issued $200.0 million of Series A Notes. In July 2007, we issued $100.0 million of Series B Notes (collectively with the Series A Notes, the “2013 Notes”). Both the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes were originally issued pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933 but were subsequently registered with the SEC in October 2006 and July 2008, respectively. The 2013 Notes are subordinate to borrowings made under our revolving credit facility, mature in August 2013, and carry a 9.25% coupon. Interest is paid semiannually in arrears on February 15th and August 15th of each year. The 2013 Notes, which are guaranteed by our domestic subsidiaries, contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness and make certain types of restricted payments, including dividends. Under the terms of the indentures for the 2013 Notes, effective August 15, 2009, we may redeem all or a part of the 2013 Notes at our option at an initial redemption price of 104.625%, decreasing to 102.313% in August 15, 2010 and to par on August 15, 2011, in each case plus any accrued and unpaid interest. As of June 30, 2010, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants required under the 2013 Notes.
 
In July 2010, we issued a notice of redemption for the Series B Notes. The Series B Notes will be redeemed on August 20, 2010, at a redemption price of 102.313% of the principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest. The redemption of the Series B Notes will be funded with approximately $30.0 million of available cash on hand and approximately $72.4 million of borrowings under our revolving credit facility (discussed above).
 
In connection with launching this offering, we have commenced a tender offer to repurchase any and all of the Series A Notes and an associated consent solicitation to amend the indenture governing the Series A Notes to eliminate most of the covenants and certain default provisions. We have offered to purchase the Series A Notes for cash equal to 100.063% of their principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date and a consent fee of 2.5% of the principal amount of the Series A Notes tendered before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on August 26, 2010, unless extended by us. Our offer to purchase the Series A Notes is being made on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in an Offer to Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement dated August 12, 2010. There is no assurance that the tender offer will be subscribed for in any amount, and we currently intend to redeem any of the Series A Notes that remain outstanding following the tender offer as permitted under the governing indenture, although we have no legal obligation to do so and the selection of any particular redemption date is in our discretion. In the event that not all of the Series A Notes are tendered or redeemed or such tender offer or redemption is not consummated, we will use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes as described in “Use of Proceeds.”
 
The tender offer and consent solicitation are conditioned upon the receipt of consents to the proposed indenture amendment from holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Series A Notes. The tender offer and consent solicitation are also conditioned upon our completion of this offering so that the net proceeds from this offering, when combined with our cash on hand and available borrowings under our revolving credit facility, will provide sufficient funds to pay for all tendered Series A Notes and delivered consents plus all related fees and expenses.
 
If fully subscribed by August 25, 2010, we expect that the tender offer and consent solicitation will result in a pre-tax charge to our net income of approximately $8.8 million, and that they will cost approximately $205.7 million (including accrued and unpaid interest of approximately $0.6 million and the consent fees), which will be funded with the net proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds,” borrowings under our revolving credit facility, and cash on hand.


S-35


Table of Contents

Cardtronics Mexico Equipment Financing Agreements
 
Between 2006 and 2009, Cardtronics Mexico, our majority owned subsidiary operating in Mexico, entered into 10 separate five-year equipment financing agreements with a single lender. These agreements, which are denominated in Mexican pesos and bear interest at an average fixed rate of 10.49%, were utilized for the purchase of additional ATMs to support our Mexico operations. As of June 30, 2010, $121.6 million pesos (or approximately $9.5 million U.S.) were outstanding under the agreements, with any future borrowings to be individually negotiated between the lender and Cardtronics Mexico. Pursuant to the terms of the equipment financing agreements, we have issued guarantees for 51.0% of the obligations under these agreements (consistent with our ownership percentage in Cardtronics Mexico.) As of June 30, 2010, the total amount of the guarantees was $62.0 million pesos (or approximately $4.8 million U.S.). Cardtronics Mexico will not guarantee the notes offered hereby.
 
Bank Machine Overdraft Facility
 
Our wholly-owned subsidiary operating in the United Kingdom, Bank Machine Limited, has a £1.0 million overdraft facility. Such facility, which bears interest at 1.75% over the Bank of England’s base rate (0.5% as of June 30, 2010) and is secured by a letter of credit posted under our corporate revolving credit facility, is utilized for general corporate purposes for our United Kingdom operations. As of June 30, 2010, no amount was outstanding under this facility. The letter of credit we have posted that is associated with this overdraft facility reduces the available borrowing capacity under our corporate revolving credit facility. Bank Machine Limited will not guarantee the notes offered hereby.


S-36


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
 
We will issue the Notes under an indenture, as supplemented by a supplemental indenture (collectively the “Indenture”), among us, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The terms of the notes include those expressly set forth in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Indenture is unlimited in aggregate principal amount, although the issuance of Notes in this offering will be limited to $200.0 million. We may issue an unlimited principal amount of additional notes having identical terms and conditions as the Notes (the “Additional Notes”), as well as debt securities of other series. We will only be permitted to issue such Additional Notes in compliance with the covenant described under the subheading “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness.” Any Additional Notes will be part of the same series as the Notes that we are currently offering and will vote on all matters with the Holders of the Notes. Unless the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of the Indenture and this “Description of Notes,” references to the Notes include any Additional Notes actually issued.
 
This “Description of Notes,” together with the “Description of Debt Securities” included in the accompanying base prospectus, is intended to be a useful overview of the material provisions of the Notes and the Indenture. Since this “Description of Notes” and such “Description of Debt Securities” are only summaries, you should refer to the Indenture for a complete description of the obligations of the Company and your rights. This “Description of Notes” supersedes the “Description of Debt Securities” in the accompanying base prospectus to the extent it is inconsistent with such “Description of Debt Securities.”
 
You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description below under the caption “— Certain Definitions.” Certain defined terms used in this description but not defined below under the caption “— Certain Definitions” have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. In this description, the word “Company” refers only to Cardtronics, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries. The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders of Notes will have rights under the Indenture, and all references to “Holders” in this description of notes are to registered Holders of Notes.
 
Brief Description of the Notes
 
The Notes.  The Notes will:
 
  •  be general unsecured obligations of the Company;
 
  •  mature on September 1, 2018;
 
  •  be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;
 
  •  be represented by one or more registered Notes in global form, but in certain circumstances may be represented by Notes in definitive form (see “Book-Entry, Delivery and Form”);
 
  •  be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of the Company, including the Indebtedness of the Company under the Credit Agreement;
 
  •  be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and any future senior subordinated Indebtedness of the Company;
 
  •  be senior in right of payment to any future subordinated Indebtedness of the Company;
 
  •  be guaranteed by the Guarantors as described under “— Note Guarantees”; and
 
  •  be effectively subordinated to all existing and any future Indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company’s Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors.
 
As of June 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis as described under “Capitalization,” the Company had approximately $291.6 million of consolidated long-term debt outstanding, which was comprised of approximately $91.6 million in Senior Debt (which included approximately $82.1 million of borrowings under the Credit Agreement) and $200.0 million of the Notes, plus approximately $4.3 million of an outstanding letter of credit. Approximately $9.5 million of such outstanding consolidated long-term debt represented obligations


S-37


Table of Contents

of certain of the Company’s Foreign Subsidiaries that are not guaranteeing the Notes (of which the Company has guaranteed 51%).
 
Initially, all of our Subsidiaries will be “Restricted Subsidiaries.” However, under the circumstances described below under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries,” we will be permitted to designate certain of our Subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries.” Any Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture and will not guarantee the Notes.
 
Interest.  Interest on the Notes will:
 
  •  accrue at the rate of 8.25% per annum from August 26, 2010;
 
  •  be payable semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1, commencing on March 1, 2011;
 
  •  be payable to the Holders of record on the immediately preceding February 15 and August 15; and
 
  •  be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
 
If an interest payment date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the interest payment to be made on such interest payment date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such interest payment date, and no additional interest will accrue as a result of such delayed payment. The Company will pay interest on overdue principal of the Notes at the above rate, and overdue installments of interest at such rate, to the extent lawful.
 
Payments on the Notes; Paying Agent and Registrar
 
We will pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes at the office or agency of the Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Company in the City and State of New York, except that we may, at our option, pay interest on the Notes by check mailed to Holders of the Notes at their registered address as it appears in the Registrar’s books. We have initially designated the corporate trust office of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in New York, which is currently located at 45 Broadway, 14th Floor, New York, New York 10006, to act as our Paying Agent and Registrar. We may, however, change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes, and the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
 
We will pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, Notes in global form registered in the name of or held by The Depository Trust Company or its nominee in immediately available funds to The Depository Trust Company or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered Holder of such global Note.
 
Transfer and Exchange
 
A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in connection with a transfer of Notes. No service charge will be imposed by the Company, the Trustee or the Registrar for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Company may require a Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
 
The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as its owner for all purposes.


S-38


Table of Contents

Note Guarantees
 
The Notes will be guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors, which include all of the Subsidiaries of the Company that guarantee its borrowings under the Credit Agreement. Each Note Guarantee will be:
 
  •  a general unsecured obligation of that Guarantor;
 
  •  subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of that Guarantor, including the Guarantee by that Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement;
 
  •  pari passu in right of payment with all existing and any future senior subordinated Indebtedness of that Guarantor; and
 
  •  senior in right of payment to any future subordinated Indebtedness of that Guarantor.
 
Each Note Guarantee will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of that Guarantor. The obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent that Note Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Investment in the Notes— Any guarantees of the notes by our subsidiaries could be deemed fraudulent conveyances under certain circumstances, and a court may subordinate or void the subsidiary guarantees”. As of June 30, 2010, on a pro forma basis as described under “Capitalization,” the Guarantors had outstanding Indebtedness of approximately $282.1 million, of which approximately $82.1 million was Guarantees of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and $200.0 million was Guarantees of the Notes. See “— Certain Covenants — Guarantees.”
 
Subordination
 
The payment of principal, interest and premium on the Notes will be subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Senior Debt of the Company, including Senior Debt of the Company Incurred after the Issue Date.
 
The holders of Senior Debt of the Company will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt of the Company (including interest after the commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate specified in the documentation for the applicable Senior Debt of the Company) before the Holders of Notes are entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Notes (except that Holders of Notes may receive and retain Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from the trusts described below under the captions “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance and “— Satisfaction and Discharge”), in the event of any distribution to creditors of the Company in connection with:
 
(1) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
 
(2) any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property;
 
(3) any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or
 
(4) any marshaling of the Company’s assets and liabilities.
 
The Company also may not make any payment in respect of the Notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trusts described under the captions ‘‘— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “— Satisfaction and Discharge”) if:
 
(1) a default (a “payment default”) in the payment of principal, premium or interest on Designated Senior Debt of the Company occurs and is continuing; or
 
(2) any other default (a “nonpayment default”) occurs and is continuing on any series of Designated Senior Debt of the Company that permits holders of that series of Designated Senior Debt of the


S-39


Table of Contents

Company to accelerate its maturity, and the Trustee receives a notice of such default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from a representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Debt.
 
Payments on the Notes may and will be resumed:
 
(1) in the case of a payment default on Designated Senior Debt of the Company, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived; and
 
(2) in case of a nonpayment default on Designated Senior Debt of the Company, the earliest of (x) the date on which such default is cured or waived, (y) 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received and (z) the date the Trustee receives notice from the representative for such Designated Senior Debt rescinding the Payment Blockage Notice, unless, in each case, the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt of the Company has been accelerated.
 
No new Payment Blockage Notice may be delivered unless and until:
 
(1) 360 days have elapsed since the delivery of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice; and
 
(2) all scheduled payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, on the Notes that have come due have been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents.
 
No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee will be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 days.
 
If the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes receives a payment in respect of the Notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the trusts described below under the captions “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” and “— Satisfaction and Discharge”) when:
 
(1) the payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture; and
 
(2) the Trustee or the Holder has actual knowledge that the payment is prohibited (provided that such actual knowledge will not be required in the case of any payment default on Designated Senior Debt),
 
the Trustee or the Holder, as the case may be, will hold such payment in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt of the Company. Upon the proper written request of the holders of Senior Debt of the Company or, if there is any payment default on any Designated Senior Debt, the Trustee or the Holder, as the case may be, will deliver the amounts in trust to the holders of Senior Debt of the Company or their proper representative.
 
The Company must promptly notify holders of its Senior Debt if payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default.
 
As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, Holders of Notes may recover less ratably than other creditors of the Company.
 
Payments under the Note Guarantee of each Guarantor will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of such Guarantor, including Senior Debt of such Guarantor Incurred after the Issue Date, on the same basis as provided above with respect to the subordination of payments on the Notes by the Company to the prior payment in full of Senior Debt of the Company. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Investment in the Notes — The notes and the subsidiary guarantees are subordinated to our and the subsidiary guarantors’ senior debt.”
 
“Designated Senior Debt” means:
 
(1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement; and


S-40


Table of Contents

(2) to the extent permitted under the Credit Agreement, any other Senior Debt permitted under the Indenture the amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company as “Designated Senior Debt.”
 
“Permitted Junior Securities” means:
 
(1) Equity Interests in the Company or any Guarantor or any other business entity provided for by a plan of reorganization; and
 
(2) debt securities of the Company or any Guarantor or any other business entity provided for by a plan of reorganization that are subordinated to all Senior Debt and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt to the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt under the Indenture.
 
“Senior Debt” of any Person means:
 
(1) all Indebtedness of such Person outstanding under the Credit Agreement and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or Incurred thereafter;
 
(2) any other Indebtedness of such Person permitted to be Incurred under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is Incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee; and
 
(3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2) (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law).
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding paragraph, Senior Debt will not include:
 
(1) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company or any Guarantor;
 
(2) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor owed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates;
 
(3) any trade payables;
 
(4) the portion of any Indebtedness that is Incurred in violation of the Indenture, provided that a good faith determination by the Board of Directors of the Company evidenced by a Board Resolution, or a good faith determination by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, that any Indebtedness being Incurred under the Credit Agreement is permitted by the Indenture will be conclusive;
 
(5) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that, when Incurred, was without recourse to the Company or such Guarantor;
 
(6) any repurchase, redemption or other obligation in respect of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or
 
(7) any Indebtedness owed to any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
Optional Redemption
 
At any time prior to September 1, 2013, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) at a redemption price of


S-41


Table of Contents

108.250% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:
 
(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or its Affiliates); and
 
(2) the redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.
 
At any time prior to September 1, 2014, the Company may redeem all or part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to the sum of (1) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus (2) the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
 
Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs or the seventh paragraph of ‘‘— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control,” the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to September 1, 2014.
 
On or after September 1, 2014, at any time or from time to time, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on of the years indicated below:
 
         
Year
  Percentage  
 
2014
    104.125 %
2015
    102.063 %
2016 and thereafter
    100.0000 %
 
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:
 
(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of such national securities exchange; or
 
(2) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee will deem fair and appropriate.
 
No Notes of $2,000 or less will be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that an optional redemption notice may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notices of redemption may not be conditional, except that any redemption described in the initial paragraph under “— Optional Redemption” may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to completion of the related Equity Offering.
 
If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.
 
Notes called for redemption will become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.
 
Mandatory Redemption
 
The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.


S-42


Table of Contents

Repurchase at the Option of Holders
 
Change of Control
 
If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has previously or concurrently exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as described under ‘‘— Optional Redemption,” each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in the Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a payment (a “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to not less than 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to the date of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment Date,” which date will be no earlier than the date of such Change of Control), subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant payment date. No later than 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company has previously or concurrently exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as described under “— Optional Redemption,” the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
 
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:
 
(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
 
(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and
 
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company.
 
The Paying Agent will promptly mail or wire transfer to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.
 
Prior to complying with the provisions of this covenant, but in any event no later than 30 days following a Change of Control, the Company will either repay all outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of Notes required by this covenant. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
 
The Credit Agreement provides that certain change of control events with respect to the Company would constitute a default under the Credit Agreement as would the Company’s purchase of Notes in a Change of Control Offer in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $20.0 million. Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the Company becomes a party may contain similar default provisions as well as covenants prohibiting the Company from purchasing any Notes tendered in a Change of Control Offer. In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the Company is restricted by its Senior Debt from purchasing Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its senior lenders to the purchase of


S-43


Table of Contents

Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such restrictions. If the Company did not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, the Company might be unable to purchase all Notes tendered in the Change of Control Offer. If so, the Company’s failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture which would, in turn, likely constitute a default under such Senior Debt. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would restrict payments to the Holders of Notes.
 
The provisions described above that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable regardless of whether any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.
 
If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company as described below, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the Company will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price in cash equal to the applicable Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.
 
The Change of Control provisions described above may deter certain mergers, tender offers and other takeover attempts involving the Company. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the underwriters and us. As of the Issue Date, we have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness” and “— Certain Covenants — Liens.” Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.
 
The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
 
A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer.
 
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a Holder of Notes to require the Company to repurchase such Notes as a result of a sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole may be uncertain.


S-44


Table of Contents

Asset Sales
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:
 
(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and
 
(2) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets or a combination of both. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash:
 
(a) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities, Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee and liabilities to the extent owed to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or Equity Interests pursuant to a written novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability therefor;
 
(b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 90 days of the Asset Sale (to the extent of the cash received in that conversion); and
 
(c) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregated Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Assets as of the date or receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration and (y) $25.0 million (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
 
Within 540 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company may apply such Net Proceeds at its option:
 
(1) to repay Senior Debt and, if the Senior Debt repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; or
 
(2) to purchase Replacement Assets (or enter into a binding agreement to purchase such Replacement Assets; provided that (x) such purchase is consummated within 90 days after the date of such binding agreement and (y) if such purchase is not consummated, within the period set forth in subclause (x), the Net Proceeds not so applied will be deemed to be Excess Proceeds (as defined below)).
 
Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture.
 
On the 541st day after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the Company determines not to apply the Net Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in the preceding paragraph (each such date being referred to as an “Excess Proceeds Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Proceeds that has not been applied on or before the Excess Proceeds Trigger Date as permitted in the preceding paragraph (“Excess Proceeds”) will be applied by the Company to make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or any Note Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased using the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash.


S-45


Table of Contents

The Company may defer the Asset Sale Offer until there are aggregate unutilized Excess Proceeds equal to or in excess of $20.0 million resulting from one or more Asset Sales, at which time the entire unutilized amount of Excess Proceeds (not only the amount in excess of $20.0 million) will be applied as provided in the preceding paragraph. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, Excess Proceeds subject to such Asset Sale and still held by the Company will no longer be deemed to be Excess Proceeds.
 
The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sales provisions of the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such compliance.
 
The Company’s purchase of Notes in an Asset Sale Offer in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $20.0 million would constitute a default under the Credit Agreement. Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the Company becomes a party may contain similar default provisions as well as covenants prohibiting the Company from purchasing any Notes tendered in an Asset Sale Offer. In the event an Asset Sale Offer occurs at a time when the Company is restricted by its Senior Debt from purchasing Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its senior lenders to the purchase of Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such restrictions. If the Company did not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, the Company might be unable to purchase all Notes tendered in the Asset Sale Offer. If so, the Company’s failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture which would, in turn, likely constitute a default under such Senior Debt. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would restrict payments to the Holders of Notes.
 
Certain Covenants
 
Restricted Payments
 
(A) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
 
(1) declare or pay (without duplication) any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends, payments or distributions (x) payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or (y) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);
 
(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) any Equity Interests of the Company, or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof held by Persons other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantees, except (a) a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof or (b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of any such Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such purchase, repurchase or other acquisition; or


S-46


Table of Contents

(4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),
 
unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
 
(1) no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and
 
(2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described below under the caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness”; and
 
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) and (8) of the next succeeding paragraph (B)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of
 
(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date falls to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit), plus
 
(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of assets other than cash received by the Company since the Issue Date as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, plus
 
(c) with respect to Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, an amount equal to the net reduction in such Restricted Investments in any Person resulting from repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or from the net cash proceeds from the sale of any such Restricted Investment (except, in each case, to the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income), from the release of any Guarantee (except to the extent any amounts are paid under such Guarantee) or from redesignations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries, not to exceed, in each case, the amount of Restricted Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, plus
 
(d) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company is reduced on the Company’s most recent quarterly balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Company convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of any cash or the Fair Market Value of any other property (other than such Capital Stock) distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange) plus the amount of any cash received by the Company upon such conversion or exchange; provided, however, that such amount may not exceed the net proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the Incurrence of such Indebtedness (excluding net proceeds from the sale or issuance of such Indebtedness to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee ownership plan or a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees), plus
 
(e) $75.0 million.


S-47


Table of Contents

(B) The preceding provisions will not prohibit, so long as, in the case of clauses (7) and (10) below, no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby:
 
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;
 
(2) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Common Stock on a pro rata basis;
 
(3) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Guarantor or of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of a contribution to the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or a substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value will be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph (A);
 
(4) the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees in exchange for, or with the net cash proceeds from an Incurrence of, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;
 
(5) the purchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur (x) upon the exercise of options or warrants to the extent that such Capital Stock represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof, or (y) in lieu of payment of withholding taxes in connection with any exercise of options or warrants to acquire such Capital Stock;
 
(6) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries held by any current or former employee or director of the Company (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) pursuant to the terms of any director or employee equity subscription agreement, equity option agreement or other director or employee benefit plan entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such purchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests in a calendar year does not exceed $5.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year after the Issue Date of up to $5.0 million being carried over to the next succeeding calendar year);
 
(7) payments of dividends on Disqualified Stock permitted to be issued under the covenant described below under “— Incurrence of Indebtedness”;
 
(8) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company;
 
(9) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million since the Issue Date.
 
The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) and (8) of the next preceding paragraph (B)), the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this “Restricted Payments” covenant were computed.
 
Incurrence of Indebtedness
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Company or any Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, and any Guarantor may issue Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the


S-48


Table of Contents

Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is Incurred or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been Incurred or issued at the beginning of such four-quarter period.
 
The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):
 
(1) the Incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of Indebtedness under one or more Credit Facilities, provided that, after giving effect to any such Incurrence, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (1) and then outstanding does not exceed the greater of (a) $250.0 million less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof to permanently repay any such Indebtedness pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” or (b) $150.0 million plus 20% of the Consolidated Net Assets of the Company;
 
(2) the Incurrence of Existing Indebtedness;
 
(3) the Incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note Guarantees issued on the Issue Date;
 
(4) the Incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, construction loans or purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business, in each case Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used by the Company or any such Guarantor, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount, after giving effect to such Incurrence and together with all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (4) and then outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $35.0 million or (b) 7.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Assets;
 
(5) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by the Indenture to be Incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or clause (2), (3), (4) or (5) of this paragraph;
 
(6) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness owing to and held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:
 
(a) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is neither the Company nor a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor;
 
(b) Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Guarantor must be evidenced by an unsubordinated promissory note, unless the obligor under such Indebtedness is the Company or a Guarantor; and
 
(c) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);
 
(7) the Guarantee (a) by the Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor or (b) by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor of Indebtedness


S-49


Table of Contents

of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor, in each case that was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this covenant;
 
(8) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are Incurred for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate, commodity price or foreign currency exchange rate risk (or to reverse or amend any such agreements previously made for such purposes), and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;
 
(9) the Incurrence by any Foreign Subsidiary of Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount, after giving effect to such Incurrence and together with all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (9) and then outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million or (b) 40% of the Consolidated Net Assets of any such Foreign Subsidiaries;
 
(10) the Incurrence of Other Permitted Debt;
 
(11) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in connection with a transaction meeting either one of the financial tests set forth in clause (3) under the caption “— Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”; or
 
(12) the Incurrence by the Company or any Guarantor of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount, after giving effect to such Incurrence and together with all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (12) and then outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million or (b) 5% of the Consolidated Net Assets of the Company.
 
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that any proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (12) above, or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness at the time of its Incurrence in any manner that complies with this covenant. In addition, any Indebtedness originally classified as Incurred pursuant to clauses (1) through (12) above may later be reclassified by the Company such that it will be deemed as having been Incurred pursuant to another of such clauses to the extent that such reclassified Indebtedness could be Incurred pursuant to such new clause at the time of such reclassification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the Issue Date will be deemed to have been Incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt.
 
For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company may Incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.


S-50


Table of Contents

Limitation on Senior Subordinated Debt
 
The Company will not Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Company unless it ranks pari passu or subordinate in right of payment to the Notes. No Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to the Senior Debt of such Guarantor unless it ranks pari passu or subordinate in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. For purposes of the foregoing, no Indebtedness will be deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, solely by reason of Liens or Guarantees arising or created in respect of such other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or by virtue of the fact that the holders of any secured Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor agreements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.
 
Liens
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, unless all payments due under the Indenture and the Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so secured (or, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, prior or senior thereto, with the same relative priority as the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable, will have with respect to such subordinated Indebtedness) until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.
 
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
 
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any liabilities owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
 
(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions:
 
(1) existing under, by reason of or with respect to the Credit Agreement, Existing Indebtedness or any other agreements in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof, provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the Credit Agreement, Existing Indebtedness or such other agreements, as the case may be, as in effect on the Issue Date;
 
(2) set forth in the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;
 
(3) existing under, by reason of or with respect to applicable law;
 
(4) with respect to any Person or the property or assets of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing at the time of such acquisition and not incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions in any such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, extensions, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those in effect on the date of the acquisition;


S-51


Table of Contents

(5) in the case of clause (3) of the first paragraph of this covenant:
 
(a) restricting in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is a lease, license, conveyance or contract or similar property or asset;
 
(b) existing by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;
 
(c) arising or existing by reason of construction loans or purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations, in each case to the extent permitted under the Indenture;
 
(d) restricting in a customary manner the transfer of intellectual property in connection with licenses of such intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;
 
(e) existing under or by reason of provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in Joint Venture agreements and other similar agreements, in each case to the extent permitted under the Indenture, so long as any such encumbrances or restrictions are not applicable to any Person (to its property or assets) other than such Joint Venture or a Subsidiary thereof; or
 
(f) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in any manner material to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof;
 
(6) existing under, by reason of or with respect to any agreement for the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of, or property or assets of, a Restricted Subsidiary that restrict distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary pending such sale or other disposition;
 
(7) on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or required by utility, insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case, under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(8) the issuance of Preferred Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the payment of dividends thereon in accordance with the terms thereof; provided that issuance of such Preferred Stock is permitted pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness” and the terms of such preferred securities do not expressly restrict the ability of such Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock (other than requirements to pay dividends or liquidation preferences on such Preferred Stock prior to paying any dividends or making any other distributions on such other Capital Stock);
 
(9) in the terms of any Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was Incurred, if either (a) the encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant in such Indebtedness or agreement or (b) the Company determines that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive; and
 
(10) in any other agreement governing Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor of the Company that is permitted to be Incurred by the covenant described under “— Incurrence of Indebtedness”; provided, however, that such encumbrances or restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the Indenture or the Credit Agreement as it exists on the Issue Date.
 
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
 
The Company will not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving Person) or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of


S-52


Table of Contents

all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:
 
(1) either: (a) the Company is the surviving Person; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition will have been made (i) is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (ii) assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a supplement to the Indenture reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
 
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists;
 
(3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions on a pro forma basis as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, either (a) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition will have been made, will be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness” or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition has been made, will be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately before such transaction;
 
(4) unless the Company is the surviving Person in such transaction, each Guarantor, unless such Guarantor is the Person with which the Company has entered into a transaction under this covenant, will have by a supplement to the Indenture reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee confirmed that its Note Guarantee will apply to the obligations of the successor to the Company under the Notes and the Indenture; and
 
(5) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (attaching the arithmetic computation to demonstrate compliance with clause (3) above) and Opinion of Counsel, in each case stating that such transaction and any such supplement to the Indenture comply with this covenant and that all conditions precedent provided for in this covenant relating to such transaction have been complied with.
 
Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in accordance with this covenant, the successor formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition is made will succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition, the provisions of the Indenture referring to the “Company” will refer instead to the successor and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company in the Indenture, and the Company, unless the Company is the surviving Person in such transaction and except in the case of a lease, will be released from any further obligations under the Notes or Indenture.
 
Clause (3) above of this covenant will not apply to any merger, consolidation or sale, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
Transactions with Affiliates
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets


S-53


Table of Contents

from, or enter into, make, amend, renew or extend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:
 
(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
 
(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee:
 
(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, a Board Resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions complies with this covenant, and that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and
 
(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions from a financial point of view issued by an independent accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing; provided, however, that no such opinion will be required with respect to an Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions with a Joint Venture between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, on the one hand, and an unrelated third Person, on the other hand, where such unrelated third Person owns Voting Stock in such Joint Venture at least equal to that owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:
 
(1) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(2) payment of reasonable and customary fees to, and reasonable and customary indemnification and similar payments on behalf of, directors of the Company;
 
(3) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption “— Restricted Payments” including, without limitation, payments included in the definition of “Permitted Investments”;
 
(4) any sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(5) the receipt by the Company of any capital contribution from its shareholders;
 
(6) transactions pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and described in this prospectus supplement, or any amendment, modification, or supplement thereto or replacement thereof, as long as such agreement or arrangement, as so amended, modified or supplemented or replaced, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in any material respect than the original agreements or arrangements in existence on the Issue Date;
 
(7) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in such Person;
 
(8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture, provided that in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Company or the senior management of the Company, such transactions are on terms not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably be expected to be obtained in a


S-54


Table of Contents

comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; and
 
(9) any employment, consulting, service or termination agreement, or reasonable and customary indemnification arrangements, entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with officers and employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the payment of compensation to officers and employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including amounts paid pursuant to employee benefit plans, employee stock option or similar plans), so long as such agreement or payment has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
 
The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that:
 
(1) the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary being so designated will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such designation and that such Investment would be permitted under the covenant described above under the caption “— Restricted Payments”;
 
(2) the Subsidiary being so designated:
 
(a) except as permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “— Transaction with Affiliates,” is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;
 
(b) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and
 
(c) has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except to the extent such Guarantee or credit support would be released upon such designation; and
 
(3) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.
 
Any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the Indenture. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet any of the preceding requirements and such failure continues for a period of 30 days, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness, Investments, or Liens on the property, of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred or made by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness, Investments or Liens are not permitted to be Incurred or made as of such date under the Indenture, the Company will be in default under the Indenture.
 
The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that:
 
(1) such designation will be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under the caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness”;


S-55


Table of Contents

(2) all outstanding Investments owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be made as of the time of such designation and such designation will only be permitted if such Investments would be permitted under the covenant described above under the caption “— Restricted Payments”;
 
(3) all Liens upon property or assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary existing at the time of such designation would be permitted under the covenant described under the caption “— Liens”; and
 
(4) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.
 
Guarantees
 
If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary or a Foreign Subsidiary) on or after the Issue Date, then that newly acquired or created Wholly-Owned Subsidiary must become a Guarantor of the Notes by executing a supplemental indenture and delivering it to the Trustee within 30 days of such acquisition or creation.
 
In addition, (a) any Immaterial Subsidiary that no longer meets the definition of Immaterial Subsidiary, and (b) any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (including any Immaterial Subsidiary and any Foreign Subsidiary) that Guarantees any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, must become a Guarantor of the Notes in the same manner within 30 days, if it is not already a Guarantor at such time.
 
A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:
 
(1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
 
(2) either:
 
(a) the Person acquiring the properties or assets in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under the Indenture and its Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or
 
(b) such sale or other disposition or consolidation or merger complies with the covenant described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales.”
 
The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:
 
(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with the covenant described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales”;
 
(2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition complies with the covenant described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales,” and the Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of such sale or other disposition;
 
(3) if the Company properly designates a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under the Indenture;
 
(4) upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as described below the caption “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or upon satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture with respect to the Notes as described below under the caption “— Satisfaction and Discharge”;


S-56


Table of Contents

(5) upon the liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred that is continuing; or
 
(6) solely in the case of a Note Guarantee created pursuant to clause (b) of the second paragraph of this covenant, upon the release or discharge of the Guarantee which resulted in the creation of such Note Guarantee pursuant to this covenant, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee.
 
Business Activities
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary thereof to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
 
Payments for Consent
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
 
Reports
 
The Company will furnish to the Trustee and, upon request, to the Holders a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, if such information and reports are not filed electronically with the Commission, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations:
 
(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and
 
(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.
 
The Indenture will provide that, whether or not required by the Commission, the Company will comply with the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will file the reports specified in the preceding paragraph with the Commission within the time periods specified above unless the Commission will not accept such a filing. The Company agrees that it will not take any action for the purpose of causing the Commission not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Commission will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the Commission.
 
If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries or if any of the Company’s Subsidiaries are not Guarantors, then the Company will include a reasonably detailed discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, or if more than one, of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and of such non-Guarantor Subsidiaries taken as a whole, separately in each case, in the section of the Company’s quarterly and annual financial information required by this covenant under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and further, in the case of the non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, also include a presentation of the financial condition and results of operations of such non-Guarantor Subsidiaries on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Guarantors.


S-57


Table of Contents

Events of Default and Remedies
 
Each of the following is an Event of Default:
 
(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture;
 
(2) default in payment when due (whether at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture;
 
(3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to consummate a purchase of the Notes when required by the provisions described under the captions “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control,” or “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” or failure to comply with “— Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;
 
(4) failure by the Company for 180 days after written notice by the Trustee or Holders representing 25% or more of the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding to comply with the provisions described under “Certain Covenants — Reports”;
 
(5) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee or Holders representing 25% or more of the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding to comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture;
 
(6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default:
 
(a) is caused by a failure to make any payment when due at the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or
 
(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,
 
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or more;
 
(7) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments (to the extent such judgments are not paid or covered by insurance provided by a reputable carrier that has the ability to perform and has acknowledged coverage in writing) aggregating in excess of $20.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;
 
(8) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note Guarantee; and
 
(9) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary).
 
In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary of the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then


S-58


Table of Contents

outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company specifying the Event of Default; provided, however, that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement is outstanding, that acceleration will not be effective until the earlier of (1) an acceleration of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement; or (2) five Business Days after receipt by the Company and the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement of written notice of the acceleration of the Notes.
 
In the event of a declaration or acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (6) above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes will be automatically annulled if the Payment Default or other default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (6) above is remedied or cured by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or waived by the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 60 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (a) annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (b) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.
 
Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.
 
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes.
 
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of Notes. A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:
 
(1) the Holder gives the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
 
(2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
 
(3) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any costs, liability or expense;
 
(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and
 
(5) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request.
 
However, such limitations do not apply to the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, such Note or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes, which right will not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.
 
In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to the


S-59


Table of Contents

optional redemption provisions of the Indenture, an equivalent premium will also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.
 
The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture. Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.
 
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
 
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder, member, manager or partner of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.
 
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
 
The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to their Note Guarantees (“Legal Defeasance”) except for:
 
(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;
 
(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
 
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and
 
(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
 
In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and all obligations of the Guarantors with respect to the Note Guarantees discharged, and thereafter any omission to comply with those covenants will not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantees. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) described under “— Events of Default and Remedies” will no longer constitute Events of Default with respect to the Notes.
 
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:
 
(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
 
(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to


S-60


Table of Contents

federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing either: (a) on the date of such deposit; or (b) insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);
 
(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
 
(6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and
 
(7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
 
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
 
Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture and the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).
 
Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
 
(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
 
(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions, or waive any payment, with respect to the redemption or repurchase of the Notes (other than any provision with respect to the covenants described under the caption “— Repurchase at the Options of Holders — Asset Sales” or “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control”);
 
(3) reduce the rate of, or change the time for payment of, interest on any Note;
 
(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest, or premium, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
 
(5) make any Note payable in money other than U.S. dollars;


S-61


Table of Contents

(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, the Notes;
 
(7) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;
 
(8) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantees;
 
(9) except as otherwise permitted under the covenants described under the captions “— Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” or “— Certain Covenants — Guarantees,” consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company or any Guarantor of any of its rights or obligations under the Indenture; or
 
(10) make any change in the preceding amendment, supplement and waiver provisions.
 
In addition, any amendment or supplement to, or waiver of, any of the provisions of the Indenture or the related definitions affecting the subordination or ranking of the Notes or any Note Guarantee in any manner adverse to the Holders will require the consent of the Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes:
 
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
 
(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
 
(3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s properties or assets;
 
(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, including the addition of any new Note Guarantee; provided, however, that any change to conform the Indenture or the Notes to this “Description of Notes” will not be deemed to materially adversely affect such legal rights;
 
(5) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
 
(6) to comply with the provisions described under “— Certain Covenants — Guarantees,” including to reflect the release of a Note Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture;
 
(7) to secure the Notes and/or the Note Guarantees;
 
(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee; or
 
(9) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture.
 
Satisfaction and Discharge
 
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, when:
 
(1) either:
 
(a) all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or


S-62


Table of Contents

(b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
 
(2) no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;
 
(3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture with respect to the Notes; and
 
(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under the Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.
 
In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
 
Concerning the Trustee
 
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, will act as Trustee. Such bank is a lender under the Credit Agreement. If the Trustee becomes a creditor of the Company or any Guarantor, the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act limit its right to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it has any conflicting interest when a Default is continuing it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign.
 
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of Notes, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
 
Certain Definitions
 
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
 
“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, will mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control by the other Person; and provided further, that any third Person which also beneficially owns 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a specified Person shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of either the specified Person or the other Person merely because of such common ownership in such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” will have correlative meanings.


S-63


Table of Contents

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any date of redemption, the greater of (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (2) the excess of (A) the present value at such date of redemption of (i) the redemption price of such Note at September 1, 2014 (such redemption price being described under “— Optional Redemption”) plus (ii) all remaining required interest payments due on such Note through September 1, 2014 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such Note.
 
“Asset Sale” means:
 
(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets, other than a transaction governed by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control” and/or the provisions described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”; and
 
(2) the issuance of Equity Interests by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof of Equity Interests in any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable law).
 
Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will be deemed not to be Asset Sales:
 
(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets or Equity Interests having a Fair Market Value of less than $2.0 million;
 
(2) a transfer of assets or Equity Interests between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(3) an issuance or sale of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(4) the sale or lease of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary course of business;
 
(5) the sale or other disposition of Cash Equivalents, Hedging Obligations or other financial instruments in the ordinary course of business;
 
(6) dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;
 
(7) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments” and any Permitted Investments;
 
(8) any sale or disposition of any property or equipment that has become damaged, worn out, or obsolete;
 
(9) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles;
 
(10) the surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and
 
(11) the creation of a Lien not prohibited by the Indenture.
 
“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficial Owners”, “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” will have a corresponding meaning.


S-64


Table of Contents

“Board of Directors” means:
 
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or, except in the context of the definitions of “Change of Control” and “Continuing Directors,” a duly authorized committee thereof;
 
(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and
 
(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
 
“Board Resolution” means a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.
 
“Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.
 
“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Capital Stock” means:
 
(1) in the case of a corporation, any corporate stock;
 
(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
 
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
 
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
 
“Cash Equivalents” means:
 
(1) United States dollars, or in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it in the ordinary course of business;
 
(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government, or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) maturing, unless such securities are deposited to defease any Indebtedness, not more than one year from the date of acquisition;
 
(3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million;
 
(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
 
(5) commercial paper having the highest rating obtainable from Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;
 
(6) securities issued and fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or any member state of the European Union in which the Company or any Subsidiary operates or anticipates operating within the next 12 months, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, rated at least “A” by Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s and having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition;


S-65


Table of Contents

(7) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary located in a country that is outside the United States and the European Union (in which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary is operating or anticipates operating within the next 12 months), any substantially similar investment to the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition obtained in the ordinary course of business and rated the lower of (i) at least P-1 by Moody’s or A-1 by Standard & Poor’s or the equivalent thereof and (ii) the highest ranking obtainable in the applicable jurisdiction; and
 
(8) money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition.
 
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
 
(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act);
 
(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
 
(3) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes the ultimate Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company (or its successor by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its assets) (for the purposes of this clause (3), such person or group shall be deemed to Beneficially Own any Voting Stock of the Company held by a parent entity, if such person or group Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent entity); or
 
(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors.
 
“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
“Common Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock (other than Preferred Stock) of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued thereafter.
 
“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus:
 
(1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(2) Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that any such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(3) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus
 
(4) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue consistent with past practice;
 
in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
Solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments,” notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, the Fixed Charges of and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses


S-66


Table of Contents

and non-cash items of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company in the same proportion that the Net Income of such Restricted Subsidiary was added to compute such Consolidated Net Income of the Company.
 
“Consolidated Net Assets” of any Person means, as of any date, the amount which in accordance with GAAP, would be set forth under the caption “Total Assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, less current liabilities; provided that, for purposes of determining Consolidated Net Assets, the principal amount of any intercompany Indebtedness that would otherwise be included in the definition of “current liabilities” under GAAP, will not be so included to the extent that such intercompany Indebtedness is expressly subordinated by its terms to the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable.
 
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:
 
(1) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;
 
(2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments,” the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its equity holders, unless such restriction has been waived: provided that the Net Income of such Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent so excluded from the Consolidated Net Income of the specified Person, will be restored and included in such Consolidated Net Income by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person by such Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period;
 
(3) the Net Income of any Person acquired during the specified period for any period prior to the date of such acquisition will be excluded;
 
(4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;
 
(5) the amortization or write off of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition or integration of a Permitted Business or assets used in a Permitted Business will be excluded;
 
(6) any net after tax gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any assets of the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries or any other Person (including pursuant to any sale-and-leaseback arrangement) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any net after tax gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person will be excluded;
 
(7) extraordinary gains or losses will be excluded;
 
(8) any non-cash compensation charge or expense realized from grants of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock option or other rights to officers, directors and employees or the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will be excluded;
 
(9) any unusual, nonoperating or nonrecurring gain, loss, charge or write-down of assets, including any nonrecurring charge relating to any premium or penalty paid, write off of deferred finance costs or other charges in connection with the early retirement of Indebtedness, will be excluded;


S-67


Table of Contents

(10) unrealized losses and gains from Hedging Obligations included in the determination of Consolidated Net Income, including those resulting from the application of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 815, will be excluded; and
 
(11) unrealized losses resulting from foreign currency balance sheet adjustments required by GAAP will be excluded.
 
“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:
 
(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or
 
(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.
 
“Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2010, by and among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other agents and lenders named therein, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, increased, supplemented or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, regardless of whether such amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, refunding, replacement, restructuring, increase, supplement or refinancing is with the same financial institutions or otherwise.
 
“Credit Facilities” means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.
 
“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
 
“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.
 
“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the covenants described above under the captions “Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control.” and “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments.”
 
“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than a Foreign Subsidiary.
 
“Equity Offering” means any public or private placement of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Company) to any Person other than any Subsidiary of the Company.


S-68


Table of Contents

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
 
“European Union” means the European Union or any successor thereto as constituted on the date of determination.
 
“Existing Indebtedness” means the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or under the Notes and the related Note Guarantees) in existence on the Issue Date after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of (1) the Notes and (2) any borrowings made under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid.
 
“Fair Market Value” means the price that would be paid in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by (a) an Officer of the Company if such price is less than $20.0 million and (b) otherwise by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Board of Directors’ determination of Fair Market Value must be evidenced by a Board Resolution attached to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee.
 
“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:
 
(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, excluding amortization of debt issuance costs and the expensing of any financing fees, but including original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations; plus
 
(2) the consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus
 
(3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus
 
(4) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or on any series of Preferred Stock of any such Restricted Subsidiary, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the payor or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any four-quarter reference period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness or issues, repurchases or redeems Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Preferred Stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of such period.
 
In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:
 
(1) acquisitions of business entities or property and assets constituting a division or line of business of any Person that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including in each case any related financing transactions (including


S-69


Table of Contents

repayment of Indebtedness), during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period, including any pro forma expense and cost reductions that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur within the next 12 months to the extent such expense and cost reductions are permitted or required under Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the Commission related thereto;
 
(2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;
 
(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;
 
(4) consolidated interest expense attributable to interest on any Indebtedness (whether existing or being Incurred) computed on a pro forma basis and bearing a floating interest rate will be computed as if the average rate in effect from the beginning of the applicable period to the Calculation Date (taking into account any interest rate option, swap, cap or similar agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months or, if shorter, at least equal to the remaining term of such Indebtedness) had been the applicable rate for the entire period; and
 
(5) if any Indebtedness is Incurred under a revolving credit facility and is being given pro forma effect in such calculation, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated based on the average daily balance of such Indebtedness for the four fiscal quarters subject to the pro forma calculation to the extent that such Indebtedness was Incurred solely for working capital purposes;
 
(6) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person at all times during such four-quarter period;
 
(7) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary of the specified Person at any time during such four-quarter period; and
 
(8) interest income reasonably anticipated by such Person to be received during the applicable four-quarter period from cash or Cash Equivalents held by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, which cash or Cash Equivalents exist on the Calculation Date or will exist as a result of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, will be included.
 
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is incorporated or organized other than under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and that has 50% or more of its consolidated assets located outside the United States or any territory thereof.
 
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, which are in effect from time to time.
 
“Government Securities” means securities that are direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged.
 
“Guarantee” means, as to any Person, a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness of another Person. When used as a verb, “Guarantee” has a correlative meaning.


S-70


Table of Contents

“Guarantors” means:
 
(1) each of the Subsidiaries of the Company executing the Indenture as initial Guarantors on the Issue Date; and
 
(2) any other subsidiary that executes a supplement to the Indenture to Guarantee the Notes in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;
 
and their respective successors and assigns until released from their obligations under their Note Guarantees and the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
 
“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:
 
(1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate collar agreements and other agreements or arrangements with respect to interest rates;
 
(2) commodity swap agreements, commodity option agreements, forward contracts and other agreements or arrangements with respect to commodity prices; and
 
(3) foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements and other agreements or arrangements with respect to foreign currency exchange rates.
 
“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.
 
“Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date of determination, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that neither generated 5.0% or more of the consolidated gross revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the most recently completed fiscal quarter nor held assets as of the end of such fiscal quarter that constituted 5.0% or more of all consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
 
“Incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable for or with respect to, or become responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness (and “Incurrence” and “Incurred” will have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided that (1) any Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (2) neither the accrual of interest nor the accretion of original issue discount nor the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock on which such interest or dividend is paid was originally issued) will be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness.
 
“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:
 
(1) in respect of borrowed money;
 
(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
 
(3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;
 
(4) in respect of Capital Lease Obligations;
 
(5) in respect of the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable;
 
(6) representing Hedging Obligations;
 
(7) representing Disqualified Stock, valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price;


S-71


Table of Contents

(8) in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, representing Preferred Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary, valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price.
 
In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (x) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person), provided that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (A) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness and (y) to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were repurchased on any date on which Indebtedness will be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture.
 
The amount of any Indebtedness of a Person (other than its Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, which will be valued as indicated above) outstanding as of any date will be:
 
(1) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;
 
(2) in the case of Hedging Obligations, the termination value of the agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligations that would be payable by such Person at such date; and
 
(3) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.
 
“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans or other extensions of credit (including Guarantees), advances, capital contributions (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.
 
If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and a Guarantor, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person.
 
“Issue Date” means the first date on which Notes are issued under the Indenture.
 
“Joint Venture” means any Person that is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests.
 
“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.
 
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction other than a precautionary financing statement respecting a lease not intended as a security agreement.
 
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.


S-72


Table of Contents

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends, excluding, however:
 
(1) any gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (or loss), realized in connection with: (a) any sale of assets outside the ordinary course of business of such Person; or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
 
(2) any extraordinary gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (or loss).
 
“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds, including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the principal, but not the interest component, thereof) received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of:
 
(1) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting, investment banking and brokerage fees, and sales commissions, any severance costs and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof,
 
(2) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements,
 
(3) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness or other liabilities, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, or is required to be paid as a result of such sale,
 
(4) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP,
 
(5) in the case of any Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, payments to holders of Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary in such capacity (other than such Equity Interests held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof) to the extent that such payment is required to permit the distribution of such proceeds in respect of the Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; and
 
(6) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve against liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other postemployment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as determined in accordance with GAAP;
 
provided that (a) excess amounts set aside for payment of taxes pursuant to clause (2) above remaining after such taxes have been paid in full or the statute of limitations therefor has expired and (b) amounts initially held in reserve pursuant to clause (6) no longer so held, will, in the case of each of subclause (a) and (b), at that time become Net Proceeds.
 
“Note Guarantee” means a Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to the Indenture.
 
“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
 
“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.
 
“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by at least two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the


S-73


Table of Contents

principal accounting officer of the Company in the case of any certificate required by Section 314(a)(4) of the Trust Indenture Act, that meets the requirements of the Indenture.
 
“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee (who may be counsel to or an employee of the Company) that meets the requirements of the Indenture.
 
“Other Permitted Debt” means:
 
(1) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence;
 
(2) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims or self-insurance obligations or bid, performance or surety bonds (in each case, other than for an obligation for borrowed money);
 
(3) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to other letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business; provided that, upon the drawing of such letters of credit or in the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or Incurrence;
 
(4) the Incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge the Notes;
 
(5) any Indebtedness which has been defeased in accordance with GAAP; and
 
(6) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or Guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing any obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in any case Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Subsidiary of the Company (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition), so long as the amount so indemnified or otherwise Incurred does not exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in connection with such disposition.
 
“Permitted Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted (as described in this prospectus supplement) by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and other businesses reasonably related or ancillary thereto as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
“Permitted Investments” means:
 
(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
 
(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;
 
(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:
 
(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or
 
(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its properties or assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
 
(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Asset Sales” (or any item deemed not to be an Asset Sale pursuant to the definition thereof);


S-74


Table of Contents

(5) Hedging Obligations that are Incurred for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate, commodity price or foreign currency exchange rate risk (or to reverse or amend any such agreements previously made for such purposes), and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnifies and compensation payable thereunder;
 
(6) stock, obligations or securities received in satisfaction of judgments;
 
(7) advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business;
 
(8) commission, payroll, travel and similar advances to officers and employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are expected at the time of such advance ultimately to be recorded as an expense in conformity with GAAP;
 
(9) Investments in any Person received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any debtor;
 
(10) Investments existing on the Issue Date;
 
(11) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business;
 
(12) acquisitions of assets, Equity Interests or other securities by the Company for consideration consisting of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;
 
(13) Investments in the Notes;
 
(14) Investments in a Joint Venture engaged in a Permitted Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (14) that are outstanding on such date, not to exceed the greater of (a) $35.0 million or (b) 7.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Assets; and
 
(15) Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) that are outstanding on such date, not to exceed the greater of (a) $15.0 million or (b) 3.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Assets.
 
“Permitted Liens” means:
 
(1) Liens on the assets of the Company, any Guarantor or any Foreign Subsidiary securing Senior Debt that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be Incurred;
 
(2) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;
 
(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any property other than the property so acquired by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(5) Liens securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees;


S-75


Table of Contents

(6) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
 
(7) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that such Liens do not extend to any property or assets other than the property or assets that secure the Indebtedness being refinanced;
 
(8) Liens on property or assets used to defease or to satisfy and discharge Indebtedness; provided that (a) the Incurrence of such Indebtedness was not prohibited by the Indenture and (b) such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by the Indenture;
 
(9) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other kinds of social security, or to secure the payment or performance of tenders, bids, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, statutory or regulatory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
(10) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;
 
(11) statutory liens of landlords, mechanics, suppliers, vendors, warehousemen, carriers or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business;
 
(12) prejudgment liens and judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceeding that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment has not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceeding may be initiated has not expired;
 
(13) Liens constituting survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements, and reservations of, and rights to others for, rights-of-way, zoning and other restrictions as to the use of real properties, and minor defects of title which, in the case of any of the foregoing, do not secure the payment of borrowed money, and in the aggregate do not materially adversely affect the value of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or materially impair the use of such properties for the purposes of which such properties are held by the Company or such Subsidiaries;
 
(14) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property, plant or equipment of such Person; provided, however, that the Lien may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is incurred or created (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto), and the Indebtedness (other than any interest thereon) secured by the Lien may not be incurred or created more than 180 days after the later of the date of acquisition, completion of construction, repair, improvement, addition or commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien; and
 
(15) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to Indebtedness that does not exceed $7.5 million in aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding.
 
“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:
 
(1) the principal amount (or accreted value or liquidation preference, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value or liquidation preference, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the amount of any reasonably determined


S-76


Table of Contents

premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith);
 
(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date (or redemption date, if applicable) later than the final maturity date (or redemption date, if applicable) of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;
 
(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, on terms at least as favorable, taken as a whole, to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;
 
(4) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or any Note Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes or such Note Guarantees; and
 
(5) such Indebtedness is Incurred by either (a) the Restricted Subsidiary that is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded or (b) the Company; provided, however, that a Restricted Subsidiary that is also a Guarantor may Guarantee Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred by the Company, whether or not such Restricted Subsidiary was an obligor or guarantor of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.
 
“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.
 
“Preferred Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or payments upon liquidation.
 
“Rating Agency” means Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s or if Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s, or both will not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as testified by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company), which agency will be substituted for Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.
 
“Replacement Assets” means (1) non-current assets that will be used or useful in a Permitted Business or (2) substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business or a majority of the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that will become on the date of acquisition thereof a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
 
“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of such Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would constitute a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Article 1 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.
 
“Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.
 
“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.


S-77


Table of Contents

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:
 
(1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of its Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and
 
(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).
 
“Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date fixed for prepayment (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source for similar market data)) most nearly equal to the then remaining term of the Notes to September 1, 2014; provided, however, that if the then remaining term of the Notes to September 1, 2014 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the then remaining term of the Notes to September 1, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
 
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution in compliance with the covenant described under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries,” and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
 
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:
 
(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by
 
(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
 
“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person of which all of the outstanding Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares mandated by applicable law) are owned by such Person or one or more of the other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more of its other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.


S-78


Table of Contents

BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
 
We have obtained the information in this section concerning DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear, and their book-entry systems and procedures from sources that we believe to be reliable. We take no responsibility for an accurate portrayal of this information. In addition, the description of the clearing systems in this section reflects our understanding of the rules and procedures of DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear as they are currently in effect. Those systems could change their rules and procedures at any time.
 
The notes will initially be represented by one or more fully registered global notes. Each such global note will be deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC or any successor thereto and registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTC’s nominee). You may hold your interests in the global notes in the United States through DTC, or in Europe through Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear, either as a participant in such systems or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems. Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear will hold interests in the global notes on behalf of their respective participating organizations or customers through customers’ securities accounts in Clearstream, Luxembourg’s or Euroclear’s names on the books of their respective depositaries, which in turn will hold those positions in customers’ securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC. Citibank, N.A. acts as depositary for Clearstream, Luxembourg and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. acts as depositary for Euroclear.
 
So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of the global securities representing the notes, DTC or such nominee will be considered the sole owner and holder of the notes for all purposes of the notes and the indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in the notes will not be entitled to have the notes registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of the notes in definitive form and will not be considered the owners or holders of the notes under the indenture, including for purposes of receiving any reports delivered by us or the trustee pursuant to the indenture. Accordingly, each person owning a beneficial interest in a note must rely on the procedures of DTC or its nominee and, if such person is not a participant, on the procedures of the participant through which such person owns its interest, in order to exercise any rights of a holder of notes.
 
Unless and until we issue the notes in fully certificated, registered form under the limited circumstances described below under the heading “— Certificated Notes”:
 
  •  you will not be entitled to receive a certificate representing your interest in the notes;
 
  •  all references in this prospectus supplement to actions by holders will refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its direct participants; and
 
  •  all references in this prospectus supplement to payments and notices to holders will refer to payments and notices to DTC or Cede & Co., as the registered holder of the notes, for distribution to you in accordance with DTC procedures.
 
The Depository Trust Company
 
DTC will act as securities depositary for the notes. The notes will be issued as fully registered notes registered in the name of Cede & Co. DTC is:
 
  •  a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York banking law;
 
  •  a “banking organization” under the New York banking law;
 
  •  a member of the Federal Reserve System;
 
  •  a “clearing corporation” under the New York Uniform Commercial Code; and
 
  •  a “clearing agency” registered under the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act.
 
DTC holds securities that its direct participants deposit with DTC. DTC facilitates the post-trade settlement among direct participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry changes in direct participants’ accounts, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates.


S-79


Table of Contents

Direct participants of DTC include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers (including the underwriters), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. DTC is owned by a number of its direct participants. Indirect participants of DTC, such as U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies, can also access the DTC system if they maintain a custodial relationship with a direct participant.
 
Purchases of notes under DTC’s system must be made by or through direct participants, which will receive a credit for the notes on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each beneficial owner is in turn to be recorded on the records of direct participants and indirect participants. Beneficial owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase, but beneficial owners are expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the direct participants or indirect participants through which such beneficial owners entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the notes are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of participants acting on behalf of beneficial owners. Beneficial owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in notes, except as provided below in “— Certificated Notes.”
 
To facilitate subsequent transfers, all notes deposited with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s nominee, Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by DTC. The deposit of notes with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other DTC nominee effect no change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the notes. DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the direct participants to whose accounts such notes are credited, which may or may not be the beneficial owners. The participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.
 
Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to direct participants, by direct participants to indirect participants and by direct participants and indirect participants to beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.
 
Book-Entry Format
 
Under the book-entry format, the paying agent will pay interest or principal payments to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. DTC will forward the payment to the direct participants, who will then forward the payment to the indirect participants (including Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear) or to you as the beneficial owner. You may experience some delay in receiving your payments under this system. None of us, any subsidiary guarantor, the trustee under the indenture or any paying agent has any direct responsibility or liability for the payment of principal or interest on the notes to owners of beneficial interests in the notes.
 
DTC is required to make book-entry transfers on behalf of its direct participants and is required to receive and transmit payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the notes. Any direct participant or indirect participant with which you have an account is similarly required to make book-entry transfers and to receive and transmit payments with respect to the notes on your behalf. We, the subsidiary guarantors and the trustee under the indenture have no responsibility for any aspect of the actions of DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear or any of their direct or indirect participants. In addition, we, the subsidiary guarantors and the trustee under the indenture have no responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records kept by DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg, Euroclear or any of their direct or indirect participants relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. We also do not supervise these systems in any way.
 
The trustee will not recognize you as a holder under the indenture, and you can only exercise the rights of a holder indirectly through DTC and its direct participants. DTC has advised us that it will only take action regarding a note if one or more of the direct participants to whom the note is credited direct DTC to take such action and only in respect of the portion of the aggregate principal amount of the notes as to which that participant or participants has or have given that direction. DTC can only act on behalf of its direct participants. Your ability to pledge notes to non-direct participants, and to take other actions, may be limited because you will not possess a physical certificate that represents your notes.


S-80


Table of Contents

Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. (nor any other DTC nominee) will consent or vote with respect to the notes unless authorized by a direct participant in accordance with DTC’s procedures. Under its usual procedures, DTC will mail an omnibus proxy to its direct participant as soon as possible after the record date. The omnibus proxy assigns Cede & Co.’s consenting or voting rights to those direct participants to whose accounts the notes are credited on the record date (identified in a listing attached to the omnibus proxy).
 
Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear will credit payments to the cash accounts of Clearstream, Luxembourg customers or Euroclear participants in accordance with the relevant system’s rules and procedures, to the extent received by its depositary. These payments will be subject to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear, as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to be taken by a holder under the indenture on behalf of a Clearstream, Luxembourg customer or Euroclear participant only in accordance with its relevant rules and procedures and subject to its depositary’s ability to effect those actions on its behalf through DTC.
 
DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of the notes among participants of DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear. However, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform those procedures, and they may discontinue those procedures at any time.
 
Transfers Within and Among Book-Entry Systems
 
Transfers between DTC’s direct participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules. Transfers between Clearstream, Luxembourg customers and Euroclear participants will occur in accordance with their respective applicable rules and operating procedures.
 
DTC will effect cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through Clearstream, Luxembourg customers or Euroclear participants, on the other hand, in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international clearing system by its depositary. However, cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing system by the counterparty in that system in accordance with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines (European time). The relevant European international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, instruct its depositary to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities in DTC and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Clearstream, Luxembourg customers and Euroclear participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositaries.
 
Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities received in Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear resulting from a transaction with a DTC direct participant will be made during the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the business day following the DTC settlement date. Those credits or any transactions in those securities settled during that processing will be reported to the relevant Clearstream, Luxembourg customer or Euroclear participant on that business day. Cash received in Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or through a Clearstream, Luxembourg customer or a Euroclear participant to a DTC direct participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear cash amount only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.
 
Although DTC, Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of debt securities among their respective participants, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
 
Certificated Notes
 
Unless and until they are exchanged, in whole or in part, for notes in definitive form in accordance with the terms of the notes, the notes may not be transferred except (1) as a whole by DTC to a nominee of DTC or (2) by a nominee of DTC to DTC or another nominee of DTC or (3) by DTC or any such nominee to a successor of DTC or a nominee of such successor.


S-81


Table of Contents

We will issue notes to you or your nominees, in fully certificated registered form, rather than to DTC or its nominees, only if:
 
  •  we advise the trustee in writing that DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge its responsibilities properly or that DTC is no longer a registered clearing agency under the Exchange Act, and we have not appointed a qualified successor within 90 days;
 
  •  an event of default has occurred and is continuing under the indenture and DTC has notified us and the trustee of its desire to exchange the global notes for certificated notes; or
 
  •  subject to DTC’s rules, we, at our option, elect to terminate the book-entry system through DTC.
 
If any of the three above events occurs, DTC is required to notify all direct participants that notes in fully certificated registered form are available through DTC. DTC will then surrender the global note representing the notes along with instructions for re-registration. We will re-issue the notes in fully certificated registered form and will recognize the registered holders of the certificated notes as holders under the indenture.
 
Unless and until we issue the notes in fully certificated, registered form, (1) you will not be entitled to receive a certificate representing your interest in the notes; (2) all references in this prospectus supplement to actions by holders will refer to actions taken by the depositary upon instructions from its direct participants; and (3) all references in this prospectus supplement to payments and notices to holders will refer to payments and notices to the depositary or its nominee, as the registered holder of the notes, for distribution to you in accordance with its policies and procedures.
 
Same Day Settlement and Payment
 
We will make payments in respect of the notes represented by the global notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC or its nominee. We will make all payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, with respect to certificated notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holders of the certificated notes or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such holder’s registered address. The notes represented by the global notes are expected to be eligible to trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. We expect that secondary trading in any certificated notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.
 
Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Clearstream, Luxembourg customer or Euroclear participant purchasing an interest in a global note from another customer or participant will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Clearstream, Luxembourg customer or Euroclear participant, during the securities settlement processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear and Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of DTC. DTC has advised us that cash received in Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear as a result of sales of interests in a global note by or through a Clearstream, Luxembourg customer or Euroclear participant to another customer or participant will be received with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the relevant Clearstream, Luxembourg or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg following DTC’s settlement date.


S-82


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the notes. This discussion is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial authority and administrative interpretations, as of the date of this document, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or are subject to different interpretations. We cannot assure you that the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described in this discussion, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel with respect to the U.S. federal tax consequences of acquiring, holding or disposing of the notes.
 
This discussion is limited to holders who purchase the notes in this offering for a price equal to the issue price of the notes (i.e., the first price at which a substantial amount of the notes is sold for cash other than to bond houses, brokers or similar persons or organizations acting in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents or wholesalers) and who hold the notes as capital assets (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state, local or other jurisdiction. In addition, this discussion does not address all tax considerations that may be important to a particular holder in light of the holder’s circumstances, or to certain categories of investors that may be subject to special rules, such as:
 
  •  dealers in securities or currencies;
 
  •  traders in securities that have elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities;
 
  •  U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;
 
  •  persons holding notes as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion or other “synthetic security” or integrated transaction;
 
  •  certain U.S. expatriates;
 
  •  financial institutions;
 
  •  insurance companies;
 
  •  regulated investment companies;
 
  •  real estate investment trusts;
 
  •  persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;
 
  •  entities that are tax-exempt for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and
 
  •  partnerships and other pass-through entities and holders of interests therein.
 
If a partnership (or an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds notes, the tax treatment of a partner of the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership acquiring the notes, you are urged to consult your own tax advisor about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of the notes.
 
INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF NOTES ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP OR DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES UNDER U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.
 
In certain circumstances (see “Description of Notes — Optional Redemption” and “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control”), we may elect to or be obligated to pay amounts on the notes that are in excess of stated interest or principal on the notes. We do not intend to treat the possibility of paying such additional amounts as causing the notes to be treated as contingent payment debt instruments. Our treatment is binding on you unless you disclose your contrary position to the IRS. However, additional income


S-83


Table of Contents

will be recognized if any such additional payment is made. It is possible that the IRS may take a different position, in which case a holder might be required to accrue interest income at a higher rate than the stated interest rate and to treat as ordinary interest income any gain realized on the taxable disposition of the note. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the notes will not be treated as contingent payment debt instruments. Investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the contingent payment debt instrument rules to the notes.
 
Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders
 
You are a “U.S. holder” for purposes of this discussion if you are a beneficial owner of a note and you are for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
 
  •  an individual who is a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien;
 
  •  a corporation, or other entity classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that was created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.
 
Stated Interest on the Notes
 
Stated interest on the notes generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income at the time it is received or accrued in accordance with your regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
Disposition of the Notes
 
You will generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, redemption, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note. This gain or loss will equal the difference between the proceeds you receive (excluding any proceeds attributable to accrued but unpaid stated interest, which will be recognized as ordinary interest income to the extent you have not previously included such amounts in income) and your adjusted tax basis in the note. The proceeds you receive will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received for the note. Your adjusted tax basis in the note will generally equal the amount you paid for the note. The gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if you held the note for more than one year at the time of the sale, redemption, exchange, retirement or other disposition. Long-term capital gains of individuals, estates and trusts currently are subject to a reduced rate of U.S. federal income tax. The deductibility of capital losses may be subject to limitation.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
Information reporting generally will apply to payments of interest on, and to the proceeds of the sale or other disposition (including a retirement or redemption) of, notes held by you unless, in each case, you are an exempt recipient such as a corporation. Backup withholding may apply to such payments unless you provide the appropriate intermediary with a taxpayer identification number, certified under penalties of perjury, as well as certain other information. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules is allowable as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and a refund may be obtained if the amounts withheld exceed your actual U.S. federal income tax liability and you timely provide the required information or appropriate claim form to the IRS.
 
New Legislation Relating to Net Investment Income
 
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, newly-enacted legislation is scheduled to impose a 3.8% tax on the “net investment income” of certain United States individuals and on the undistributed “net


S-84


Table of Contents

investment income” of certain estates and trusts. Among other items, “net investment income” generally includes interest and certain net gain from the disposition of property, less certain deductions.
 
Prospective holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of the new legislation described above.
 
Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders
 
You are a “non-U.S. holder” for purposes of this discussion if you are a beneficial owner of notes that is an individual, corporation, estate or trust that is not a U.S. holder.
 
Stated Interest on the Notes
 
Payments to you of interest on the notes generally will be exempt from U.S. federal income or withholding tax under the “portfolio interest” exemption if you properly certify as to your foreign status as described below, and:
 
  •  you do not own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote;
 
  •  you are not a “controlled foreign corporation” that is related to us (actually or constructively);
 
  •  you are not a bank whose receipt of interest on the notes is in connection with an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of your trade or business; and
 
  •  interest on the notes is not effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business.
 
The portfolio interest exemption and several of the special rules for non-U.S. holders described below generally apply only if you appropriately certify as to your foreign status. You can generally meet this certification requirement by providing a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or appropriate substitute form to us or our paying agent. If you hold the notes through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you may be required to provide appropriate certifications to the agent. Your agent will then generally be required to provide appropriate certifications to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Special rules apply to foreign partnerships, estates and trusts, and in certain circumstances, certifications as to foreign status of partners, trust owners or beneficiaries may have to be provided to us or our paying agent. In addition, special rules apply to qualified intermediaries that enter into withholding agreements with the IRS.
 
If you cannot satisfy the requirements described above, payments of interest made to you will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, unless you provide us or our paying agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) claiming an exemption from (or a reduction of) withholding under the benefit of a tax treaty (in which case, you generally will be required to provide a U.S. taxpayer identification number), or the payments of interest are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are treated as attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) and you meet the certification requirements described below. (See “— Income or Gain Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business.”)
 
Disposition of the Notes
 
You generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale, redemption, exchange, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note unless:
 
  •  the gain is effectively connected with the conduct by you of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is treated as attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States); or
 
  •  you are an individual who has been present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met.
 
If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above, you generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the manner described under “— Income or Gain Effectively Connected with a


S-85


Table of Contents

U.S. Trade or Business.” If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above, you will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses.
 
Income or Gain Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business
 
If any interest on the notes or gain from the sale, redemption, exchange or other taxable disposition of the notes is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by you (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is treated as attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States), then the income or gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular graduated income tax rates in generally the same manner as if you were a U.S. holder. Effectively connected interest income will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if you satisfy certain certification requirements by providing to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) or IRS Form W-8BEN (claiming exemption under an applicable tax treaty). If you are a corporation, that portion of your earnings and profits that is effectively connected with your U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate, although an applicable income tax treaty may provide for a lower rate.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
Payments to you of interest on a note, and amounts withheld from such payments, if any, generally will be required to be reported to the IRS and to you. Copies of these information returns may also be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which you reside under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.
 
United States backup withholding generally will not apply to payments to you of interest on a note if the certification requirements described in “Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders — Stated Interest on the Notes” are met or you otherwise establish an exemption, provided that we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a United States person.
 
Payment of the proceeds of a disposition (including a retirement or redemption) of a note effected by the U.S. office of a U.S. or foreign broker will be subject to information reporting requirements and backup withholding unless you properly certify under penalties of perjury as to your foreign status and certain other conditions are met or you otherwise establish an exemption. Information reporting requirements and backup withholding generally will not apply to any payment of the proceeds of the disposition of a note effected outside the United States by a foreign office of a broker. However, unless such a broker has documentary evidence in its records that you are a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are met, or you otherwise establish an exemption, information reporting will apply to a payment of the proceeds of the disposition of a note effected outside the United States by such a broker if it is:
 
  •  a United States person;
 
  •  a foreign person that derives 50% or more of its gross income for certain periods from the conduct of a trade or business in the United States;
 
  •  a controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or
 
  •  a foreign partnership that, at any time during its taxable year, has more than 50% of its income or capital interests owned by United States persons or is engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or business.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules is allowable as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and a refund may be obtained if the amounts withheld exceed your actual U.S. federal income tax liability and you timely provide the required information or appropriate claim form to the IRS.
 
THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. WE URGE EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR NOTES, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.


S-86


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the principal amount of notes set forth opposite its name below.
 
         
    Principal
 
Underwriter
  Amount of Notes  
 
Banc of America Securities LLC
  $ 88,000,000  
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 
    72,000,000  
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
    20,000,000  
BBVA Securities Inc. 
    10,000,000  
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. 
    10,000,000  
         
Total
  $ 200,000,000  
         
 
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the notes sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these notes are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.
 
We expect delivery of the notes will be made against payment therefor on or about August 26, 2010, which is the tenth business day following the date of pricing of the notes (such settlement being referred to as “T+10”). Under Rule 15(c)6-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, trades in the secondary market generally are required to settle in three business days unless the parties to any such trade expressly agree otherwise. Accordingly, purchasers who wish to trade the notes on the date of pricing of the notes or during the next succeeding six business days will be required, by virtue of the fact that the notes initially will settle in T+10, to specify an alternate settlement cycle at the time of any such trade to prevent failed settlement and should consult their own advisers.
 
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and their controlling persons against certain liabilities in connection with this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
 
The underwriters are offering the notes, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the notes, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
 
Commissions and Discounts
 
The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the notes to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement. After the initial offering, the public offering price or any other term of the offering may be changed.
 
The following table shows the per note and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us to the underwriters in connection with this offering.
 
         
    Paid by Us
 
Per Note
    1.625 %
Total
  $ 3,250,000  


S-87


Table of Contents

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $0.75 million and are payable by us.
 
New Issue of Notes
 
The notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. We do not intend to apply for listing of the notes on any national securities exchange or for inclusion of the notes on any automated dealer quotation system. We have been advised by the underwriters that they presently intend to make a market in the notes after completion of the offering. However, they are under no obligation to do so and may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without any notice. We cannot assure the liquidity of the trading market for the notes or that an active public market for the notes will develop. If an active public trading market for the notes does not develop, the market price and liquidity of the notes may be adversely affected. If the notes are traded, they may trade at a discount from their initial offering price, depending on prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, our operating performance and financial condition, general economic conditions and other factors.
 
No Sales of Similar Securities
 
We have agreed that, for a period of 90 days following the date of the underwriting agreement, we will not, without the prior written consent of Banc of America Securities LLC (which consent may be withheld at the sole discretion of Banc of America Securities LLC), directly or indirectly, sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell, pledge, transfer or establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or announce the offering of, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act in respect of, any of our debt securities or securities exchangeable for or convertible into our debt securities (other than as contemplated by the underwriting agreement).
 
Short Positions
 
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell the notes in the open market. These transactions may include short sales and purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater principal amount of notes than they are required to purchase in the offering. The underwriters must close out any short position by purchasing notes in the open market. A short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the notes in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the notes or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the notes. As a result, the price of the notes may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.
 
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the notes. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
 
Other Relationships
 
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have in the past provided, are currently providing and may in the future from time to time provide, investment banking and other financing, trading, banking, research, transfer agent and trustee services to the Company or its subsidiaries, for which they have in the past received, and may currently or in the future receive, customary fees, commissions and expense reimbursements. In addition, certain of the underwriters or their affiliates may be our customers or engage in transactions with us in the ordinary course of business, including vault cash transactions and ATM branding services. Further, an affiliate of Banc of America Securities LLC serves as syndication agent and as a lender under our revolving


S-88


Table of Contents

credit facility, an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. serves as administrative agent and as a lender under our revolving credit facility, an affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC serves as documentation agent and as a lender under our revolving credit facility, affiliates of BBVA Securities Inc. and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. serve as lenders under revolving credit facility, Banc of America Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. serve as joint bookrunners and co-lead arrangers under our credit facility and Banc of America Securities LLC is acting as dealer manager of our pending tender offer and consent solicitation. An affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC serves as the trustee of our existing notes and will serve as trustee for the notes offered hereby. In addition, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. served as an underwriter in the secondary equity offering that we completed earlier this year. Certain underwriters and their affiliates may also be holders of our Series A Notes and would receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering.
 
Notice to Prospective Investors in the EEA
 
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, or EEA, which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any notes which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus supplement may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any notes may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:
 
(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
 
(c) by the underwriters to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
 
(d) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;
 
provided that no such offer of notes shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
Any person making or intending to make any offer of notes within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of notes through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of notes contemplated in this prospectus supplement.
 
For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any notes, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
 
Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any notes under, the offer of notes contemplated by this prospectus supplement will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:
 
(a) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and


S-89


Table of Contents

(b) in the case of any notes acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the notes acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive), or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where notes have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those notes to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.
 
Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
 
This document, as well as any other material relating to the notes which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus supplement, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The notes will not be listed on the SWX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the notes, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SWX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SWX Swiss Exchange. The notes are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e. to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the notes with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by us from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the notes, is personal and confidential and does not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without our express consent. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.
 
Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre
 
This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The notes which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus supplement may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the notes offered should conduct their own due diligence on the notes. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the securities offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Baker Botts L.L.P., Dallas, Texas.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of Cardtronics, Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 have been incorporated by reference herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


S-90


Table of Contents

 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We are required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any documents filed by us with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. Our filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
 
We also make available free of charge on our Internet website at http://www.cardtronics.com all of the documents that we file with the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with the SEC. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and you should not consider information contained on our website as part of this prospectus.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
We “incorporate by reference” information into this prospectus supplement, which means that we disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is deemed to be part of this prospectus supplement, except for any information superseded by information contained expressly in this prospectus supplement, and the information that we file later with the SEC will automatically supersede this information. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus supplement is current as of any date other than the date on the front page of this prospectus supplement.
 
We incorporate by reference the documents listed below and any future filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (excluding any information furnished and not filed with the SEC), including all such documents that we may file with the SEC after the date of this prospectus supplement, until this offering is completed:
 
  •  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009;
 
  •  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2010;
 
  •  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2010;
 
  •  Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 30, 2010 (those parts incorporated by reference in our 2009 Form 10-K);
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 22, 2010;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2010;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 8, 2010;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 8, 2010;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 22, 2010;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 31, 2010;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 17, 2010, as amended by the Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on July 29, 2010;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 17, 2010;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 20, 2010;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 22, 2010; and
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on July 29, 2010.


S-91


Table of Contents

 
Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement will be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement modifies or supersedes that statement. Any statement so modified or superseded will not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus supplement.
 
You may request a copy of any document incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and any exhibit specifically incorporated by reference in those documents, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address or phone number:
 
Cardtronics, Inc.
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400
Houston, Texas 77042
(832) 308-4000


S-92


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS
 
(CARDTRONICS, INC. LOGO)
 
CARDTRONICS, INC.
 
 
 
 
Debt Securities
Common Stock
Guarantees of Debt Securities
 
 
 
 
We may offer and sell from time to time up to $300,000,000 of the following securities in one or more transactions, classes or series and in amounts, at prices and on terms to be determined by market conditions at the time of our offerings: (1) debt securities, which may be senior debt securities or subordinated debt securities; and (2) common stock, $0.0001 par value. In addition to those securities that we may issue, the selling stockholders may offer and sell up to 20,700,360 shares of our common stock from time to time under this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders.
 
One or more of our subsidiaries may fully and unconditionally guarantee any debt securities that we issue.
 
We and/or the selling stockholders may offer and sell these securities to or through one or more underwriters, dealers and agents, or directly to purchasers, on a continuous or delayed basis. This prospectus describes the general terms of these securities and the general manner in which we will offer the securities. The specific terms of any securities we and/or the selling stockholders offer will be included in a supplement to this prospectus. The prospectus supplement will also describe the specific manner in which we and/or our selling stockholders will offer the securities.
 
Investing in our securities involves risks. You should carefully consider the risk factors described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 5 of this prospectus and in the applicable prospectus supplement or any of the documents we incorporate by reference before you make an investment in our securities.
 
Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Market, or the “Nasdaq,” under the symbol “CATM.” The last reported sales price of our common stock on the Nasdaq on February 17, 2010 was $10.47 per share. We will provide information in the prospectus supplement for the trading market, if any, for any other securities we may offer.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The date of this prospectus is March 11, 2010.


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    1  
    1  
    1  
    3  
    4  
    4  
    5  
    5  
    5  
    5  
    17  
    21  
    22  
    24  
    24  
 
 
This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the “SEC” or “Commission.” In making your investment decision, you should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement and the documents that we incorporate by reference. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any other information. If you receive any unauthorized information, you must not rely on it. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.
 
 
You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement, as well as the information that we have previously filed with the SEC that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus or any prospectus supplement, is accurate as of any date other than the date of such document, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any supplement to this prospectus or any sales of our securities.


i


Table of Contents

 
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
 
This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the SEC using a “shelf” registration process. Under this shelf registration process, we may, over time, offer and sell any combination of the securities described in this prospectus in one or more offerings. This prospectus generally describes Cardtronics, Inc. and the securities that we may offer. Each time we sell securities with this prospectus, we will provide you with a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. The prospectus supplement may also add to, update or change information in this prospectus. Before you invest in our securities, you should carefully read this prospectus and any prospectus supplement and the additional information described under the heading “Documents Incorporated by Reference.” To the extent information in this prospectus is inconsistent with information contained in a prospectus supplement, you should rely on the information in the prospectus supplement. You should read both this prospectus and any prospectus supplement, together with additional information described under the heading “Documents Incorporated by Reference,” and any additional information that you may need to make your investment decision. Unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this prospectus to “Cardtronics,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Cardtronics, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
 
The selling stockholders also may use the shelf registration statement to sell an aggregate of 20,700,360 shares of our common stock from time to time in the public market. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling shareholders. The selling shareholders will deliver a supplement with this prospectus, to the extent appropriate, to update the information contained in this prospectus. The selling stockholders may sell their shares of common stock through any means described in the section entitled “Plan of Distribution.”
 
We and the selling stockholders have not authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus and the accompanying supplement to this prospectus. You must not rely upon any information or representation not contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus supplement. This prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement do not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the registered securities to which they relate, nor do this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement is accurate on any date subsequent to the date set forth on the front of the document or that any information we have incorporated by reference is correct on any date subsequent to the date of the document incorporated by reference, even though this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement is delivered or securities are sold on a later date.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We are required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any documents filed by us with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. Our filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
 
We also make available free of charge on our Internet website at http://www.cardtronics.com all of the documents that we file with the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with the SEC. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and you should not consider information contained on our website as part of this prospectus.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
We “incorporate by reference” information into this prospectus, which means that we disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is deemed to be part of this prospectus, except for any information superseded by


1


Table of Contents

information contained expressly in this prospectus, and the information that we file later with the SEC will automatically supersede this information. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus is current as of any date other than the date on the front page of this prospectus.
 
We incorporate by reference the documents listed below and any future filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (excluding any information furnished and not filed with the SEC), including all such documents that we may file with the SEC after the date of the initial registration statement and prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement, until all offerings under this registration statement are completed:
 
  •  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, including information specifically incorporated by reference into our Form 10-K from our definitive proxy statement prepared in connection with the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on June 18, 2009;
 
  •  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009;
 
  •  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2009;
 
  •  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2009;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 8, 2010;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2010;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 22, 2010;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2009;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 14, 2009;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 4, 2009;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 26, 2009;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 18, 2009;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on March 10, 2009;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2009;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 24, 2009;
 
  •  Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on July 17, 2007; and
 
  •  description of our common stock contained in our registration statement on Form 8-A, filed pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act on December 3, 2007 (Registration No. 001-33864).
 
Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus will be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus modifies or supersedes that statement. Any statement so modified or superseded will not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus.
 
You may request a copy of any document incorporated by reference in this prospectus and any exhibit specifically incorporated by reference in those documents, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address or phone number:
 
Cardtronics, Inc.
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400
Houston, Texas 77042
(832) 308-4000


2


Table of Contents

 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
The information in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement and in the documents incorporated by reference includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “foresee,” “should,” “would,” “could” or other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which are generally not historical in nature. These forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effect on us. While management believes that these forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made, there can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we currently anticipate. All comments concerning our expectations for future revenues and operating results are based on our forecasts for our existing operations and do not include the potential impact of any future acquisitions. Our forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from our historical experience and our present expectations or projections.
 
Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those summarized below:
 
  •  our financial outlook and the financial outlook of the ATM industry;
 
  •  our ability to expand our bank branding and surcharge-free service offerings;
 
  •  our ability to provide new ATM solutions to financial institutions;
 
  •  our ATM vault cash rental needs, including potential liquidity issues with our vault cash providers;
 
  •  the implementation of our corporate strategy;
 
  •  our ability to compete successfully with our competitors;
 
  •  our financial performance;
 
  •  our ability to strengthen existing customer relationships and reach new customers;
 
  •  our ability to meet the service levels required by our service level agreements with our customers;
 
  •  our ability to pursue and successfully integrate acquisitions;
 
  •  our ability to expand internationally;
 
  •  our ability to prevent security breaches;
 
  •  changes in interest rates, foreign currency rates and regulatory requirements; and
 
  •  the additional risks we are exposed to in our armored courier operations.
 
The information contained in this prospectus, including the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors,” identifies factors that could affect our operating results and performance. When considering forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind these factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement and in the documents incorporated herein and therein by reference. Should one or more of the risks or uncertainties described above or elsewhere in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement or in the documents incorporated by reference occur, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results and plans could differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. We urge you to carefully consider those factors, as well as factors described in our reports filed from time to time with the SEC and other announcements we make from time to time.
 
Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made. We undertake no responsibility to publicly release the result of any revision of our forward-looking statements after the date they are made.


3


Table of Contents

 
CARDTRONICS, INC.
 
Cardtronics, Inc. is a single-source provider of automated teller machine (“ATM”) solutions. We provide ATM management and equipment-related services (typically under multi-year contracts) to large, nationally-known retail merchants as well as smaller retailers and operators of facilities such as shopping malls and airports. As of December 31, 2009, we operated approximately 33,400 ATMs throughout the United States, the United Kingdom, Mexico, and Puerto Rico, making us the world’s largest non-bank operator of ATMs. Additionally, we operate the largest surcharge-free network of ATMs within the United States (based on the number of participating ATMs) and work with financial institutions to place their logos on our ATM machines, thus providing convenient surcharge-free access to the financial institutions’ customers. Our surcharge-free network, which operates under the Allpoint brand name, has more than 37,000 participating ATMs, including a majority of our ATMs in the United States and all of our ATMs in the United Kingdom. Finally, we provide electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) transaction processing services to our network of ATMs as well as over 1,500 ATMs owned and operated by a third party.
 
We deploy and operate ATMs under two distinct arrangements with our merchant customers: company-owned and merchant-owned arrangements. Under company-owned arrangements, we provide the ATM and are typically responsible for all aspects of its operation, including transaction processing, procuring cash, supplies, and telecommunications as well as routine and technical maintenance. Under merchant-owned arrangements, a merchant owns the ATM and is usually responsible for providing cash and performing simple maintenance tasks, while we provide more complex maintenance services, transaction processing, and connection to EFT networks. As of December 31, 2009, approximately 68% of our ATMs were company-owned and 32% were merchant-owned. While we may continue to add merchant-owned ATMs to our network as a result of acquisitions and internal sales efforts, our focus for internal growth remains on expanding the number of company-owned ATMs in our network due to the higher margins typically earned and the additional revenue opportunities available to us under company-owned arrangements.
 
Our revenues are recurring in nature and are primarily derived from ATM surcharge fees, which are paid by cardholders, and interchange fees, which are paid by the cardholder’s financial institution for the use of the applicable EFT network that transmits data between the ATM and the cardholder’s financial institution. We generate additional revenue by branding our ATMs with signage from banks and other financial institutions, resulting in surcharge-free access to our ATMs and added convenience for the banks’ customers as well as increased usage of our ATMs. Our branding arrangements include relationships with leading national financial institutions, including Citibank, N.A., HSBC Bank USA, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., SunTrust Banks, Inc. and Sovereign Bank. We also generate revenue by collecting fees from financial institutions that participate in our surcharge-free networks, the largest of which is the Allpoint network.
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042, and our telephone number is (832) 308-4000.
 
THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS
 
One or more of Cardtronics, Inc.’s subsidiaries, whom we refer to as the “subsidiary guarantors” in this prospectus, may fully and unconditionally guarantee our payment obligations under any series of debt securities offered by this prospectus. The prospectus supplement relating to any such series will identify any subsidiary guarantors. Financial information concerning our subsidiary guarantors and any non-guarantor subsidiaries will be included in our consolidated financial statements filed as part of our periodic reports filed pursuant to the Exchange Act to the extent required by the rules and regulations of the SEC.
 
Additional information concerning our subsidiaries and us is included in reports and other documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Please read “Where You Can Find More Information.”


4


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
Our business is subject to uncertainties and risks. You should carefully consider and evaluate all of the information included and incorporated by reference in this prospectus, as well as those contained in any applicable prospectus supplement, as the same may be updated from time to time by our future filings with the SEC. Our business, financial condition, liquidity or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. For more information about our SEC filings, please see “Where You Can Find More Information” and “Documents Incorporated by Reference.” See also “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, we intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of the securities offered by us under this prospectus and any prospectus supplement for our general corporate purposes, which may include repayment of indebtedness, the financing of capital expenditures, future acquisitions and additions to our working capital.
 
Our Management will retain broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds from the sale(s) of the offered securities. If we elect at the time of issuance of the securities to make a different or more specific use of the proceeds other than as described in this prospectus, the change in use of proceeds will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.
 
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 
The following table sets forth our ratio of consolidated earnings to fixed charges for the periods presented:
 
                                                 
    Nine Months
                               
    Ended
                               
    September 30,
    Fiscal Year Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    1.3 x     (a)     (a)     (a)     (a)     2.2 x
 
 
(a) Earnings before fixed charges were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $71.4 million, $23.4 million, $0.2 million and $3.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
For purposes of calculating the ratio of consolidated earnings to fixed charges:
 
  •  earnings” is the aggregate of the following items: pre-tax income from continuing operations before adjustment for income or loss from equity investees; plus fixed charges; plus amortization of capitalized interest; plus distributed income of equity investees; plus our share of pre-tax losses of equity investees for which charges arising from guarantees are included in fixed charges; less interest capitalized; less preference security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries; and less the noncontrolling interest in pre-tax income of subsidiaries that have not incurred fixed charges; and
 
  •  fixed charges” means the sum of the following: (1) interest expensed and capitalized, (2) amortized premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses related to indebtedness, (3) an estimate of the interest within rental expense and (4) preference security dividend requirements of consolidated subsidiaries.
 
DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES
 
The Debt Securities will be either our senior debt securities (“Senior Debt Securities”) or our subordinated debt securities (“Subordinated Debt Securities”). The Senior Debt Securities and the Subordinated Debt Securities will be issued under separate indentures among us, the Subsidiary Guarantors of such Debt Securities, if any, and a trustee to be determined (the “Trustee”). Senior Debt Securities will be issued under a


5


Table of Contents

“Senior Indenture” and Subordinated Debt Securities will be issued under a “Subordinated Indenture.” Together, the Senior Indenture and the Subordinated Indenture are called “Indentures.”
 
The Debt Securities may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The particular terms of each series that are offered by a prospectus supplement will be described in the prospectus supplement.
 
Unless the Debt Securities are guaranteed by our subsidiaries as described below, the rights of Cardtronics and our creditors, including holders of the Debt Securities, to participate in the assets of any subsidiary upon the latter’s liquidation or reorganization, will be subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors, except to the extent that we may ourself be a creditor with recognized claims against such subsidiary.
 
We have summarized selected provisions of the Indentures below. The summary is not complete. The form of each Indenture has been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and you should read the Indentures for provisions that may be important to you. Capitalized terms used in the summary have the meanings specified in the Indentures.
 
General
 
The Indentures provide that Debt Securities in separate series may be issued thereunder from time to time without limitation as to aggregate principal amount. We may specify a maximum aggregate principal amount for the Debt Securities of any series. We will determine the terms and conditions of the Debt Securities, including the maturity, principal and interest, but those terms must be consistent with the Indenture. The Debt Securities will be our unsecured obligations.
 
The Subordinated Debt Securities will be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all of our Senior Debt (as defined) as described under “— Subordination of Subordinated Debt Securities” and in the prospectus supplement applicable to any Subordinated Debt Securities. If the prospectus supplement so indicates, the Debt Securities will be convertible into our common stock.
 
If specified in the prospectus supplement respecting a particular series of Debt Securities, one or more subsidiary guarantors identified therein (each a “Subsidiary Guarantor”), will fully and unconditionally guarantee (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”) that series as described under “— Subsidiary Guarantee” and in the prospectus supplement. Each Subsidiary Guarantee will be an unsecured obligation of the Subsidiary Guarantor. A Subsidiary Guarantee of Subordinated Debt Securities will be subordinated to the Senior Debt of the Subsidiary Guarantor on the same basis as the Subordinated Debt Securities are subordinated to our Senior Debt.
 
The applicable prospectus supplement will set forth the price or prices at which the Debt Securities to be issued will be offered for sale and will describe the following terms of such Debt Securities:
 
(1) the title of the Debt Securities;
 
(2) whether the Debt Securities are Senior Debt Securities or Subordinated Debt Securities and, if Subordinated Debt Securities, the related subordination terms;
 
(3) whether any Subsidiary Guarantor will provide a Subsidiary Guarantee of the Debt Securities;
 
(4) any limit on the aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities;
 
(5) each date on which the principal of the Debt Securities will be payable;
 
(6) the interest rate that the Debt Securities will bear and the interest payment dates for the Debt Securities;
 
(7) each place where payments on the Debt Securities will be payable;
 
(8) any terms upon which the Debt Securities may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at our option;
 
(9) any sinking fund or other provisions that would obligate us to redeem or otherwise repurchase the Debt Securities;


6


Table of Contents

(10) the portion of the principal amount, if less than all, of the Debt Securities that will be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity of the Debt Securities;
 
(11) whether the Debt Securities are defeasible;
 
(12) any addition to or change in the Events of Default;
 
(13) whether the Debt Securities are convertible into our common stock and, if so, the terms and conditions upon which conversion will be effected, including the initial conversion price or conversion rate and any adjustments thereto and the conversion period;
 
(14) any addition to or change in the covenants in the Indenture applicable to the Debt Securities; and
 
(15) any other terms of the Debt Securities not inconsistent with the provisions of the Indenture.
 
Debt Securities, including any Debt Securities that provide for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof (“Original Issue Discount Securities”), may be sold at a substantial discount below their principal amount. Special U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to Debt Securities sold at an original issue discount may be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. In addition, special U.S. federal income tax or other considerations applicable to any Debt Securities that are denominated in a currency or currency unit other than U.S. dollars may be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.
 
Subordination of Subordinated Debt Securities
 
The indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Debt Securities will, to the extent set forth in the Subordinated Indenture with respect to each series of Subordinated Debt Securities, be subordinate in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all of our Senior Debt, including the Senior Debt Securities, and it may also be senior in right of payment to all of our Subordinated Debt. The prospectus supplement relating to any Subordinated Debt Securities will summarize the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Indenture applicable to that series including:
 
  •  the applicability and effect of such provisions upon any payment or distribution respecting that series following any liquidation, dissolution or other winding-up, or any assignment for the benefit of creditors or other marshalling of assets or any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings;
 
  •  the applicability and effect of such provisions in the event of specified defaults with respect to any Senior Debt, including the circumstances under which and the periods during which we will be prohibited from making payments on the Subordinated Debt Securities; and
 
  •  the definition of Senior Debt applicable to the Subordinated Debt Securities of that series and, if the series is issued on a senior subordinated basis, the definition of Subordinated Debt applicable to that series.
 
The prospectus supplement will also describe as of a recent date the approximate amount of Senior Debt to which the Subordinated Debt Securities of that series will be subordinated.
 
The failure to make any payment on any of the Subordinated Debt Securities by reason of the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Indenture described in the prospectus supplement will not be construed as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Subordinated Debt Securities arising from any such failure to make payment.
 
The subordination provisions described above will not be applicable to payments in respect of the Subordinated Debt Securities from a defeasance trust established in connection with any legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Subordinated Debt Securities as described under “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.”


7


Table of Contents

Subsidiary Guarantee
 
If specified in the prospectus supplement, one or more of the Subsidiary Guarantors will guarantee the Debt Securities of a series. Unless otherwise indicated in the prospectus supplement, the following provisions will apply to the Subsidiary Guarantee of the Subsidiary Guarantor.
 
Subject to the limitations described below and in the prospectus supplement, one or more of the Subsidiary Guarantors will jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guarantee the punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all our payment obligations under the Indentures and the Debt Securities of a series, whether for principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities or otherwise (all such obligations guaranteed by a Subsidiary Guarantor being herein called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The Subsidiary Guarantors will also pay all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the applicable Trustee in enforcing any rights under a Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor.
 
In the case of Subordinated Debt Securities, a Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee will be subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Debt of such Subsidiary Guarantor on the same basis as the Subordinated Debt Securities are subordinated to our Senior Debt. No payment will be made by any Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee during any period in which payments by us on the Subordinated Debt Securities are suspended by the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Indenture.
 
Each Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited in amount to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantor without rendering such Subsidiary Guarantee voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
 
Each Subsidiary Guarantee will be a continuing guarantee and will:
 
(1) remain in full force and effect until either (a) payment in full of all the applicable Debt Securities (or such Debt Securities are otherwise satisfied and discharged in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Indenture) or (b) released as described in the following paragraph;
 
(2) be binding upon each Subsidiary Guarantor; and
 
(3) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the applicable Trustee, the Holders and their successors, transferees and assigns.
 
In the event that (a) a Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary, (b) either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance occurs with respect to the series or (c) all or substantially all of the assets or all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor is sold, including by way of sale, merger, consolidation or otherwise, such Subsidiary Guarantor will be released and discharged of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee without any further action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, and no other person acquiring or owning the assets or Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor will be required to enter into a Subsidiary Guarantee. In addition, the prospectus supplement may specify additional circumstances under which a Subsidiary Guarantor can be released from its Subsidiary Guarantee.
 
Form, Exchange and Transfer
 
The Debt Securities of each series will be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and, unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, only in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
 
At the option of the Holder, subject to the terms of the applicable Indenture and the limitations applicable to Global Securities, Debt Securities of each series will be exchangeable for other Debt Securities of the same series of any authorized denomination and of a like tenor and aggregate principal amount.
 
Subject to the terms of the applicable Indenture and the limitations applicable to Global Securities, Debt Securities may be presented for exchange as provided above or for registration of transfer (duly endorsed or with the form of transfer endorsed thereon duly executed) at the office of the Security Registrar or at the


8


Table of Contents

office of any transfer agent designated by us for such purpose. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Debt Securities, but we may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in that connection. Such transfer or exchange will be effected upon the Security Registrar or such transfer agent, as the case may be, being satisfied with the documents of title and identity of the person making the request. The Security Registrar and any other transfer agent initially designated by us for any Debt Securities will be named in the applicable prospectus supplement. We may at any time designate additional transfer agents or rescind the designation of any transfer agent or approve a change in the office through which any transfer agent acts, except that we will be required to maintain a transfer agent in each Place of Payment for the Debt Securities of each series.
 
If the Debt Securities of any series (or of any series and specified tenor) are to be redeemed in part, we will not be required to (1) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Debt Security of that series (or of that series and specified tenor, as the case may be) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of mailing of a notice of redemption of any such Debt Security that may be selected for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) register the transfer of or exchange any Debt Security so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any such Debt Security being redeemed in part.
 
Global Securities
 
Some or all of the Debt Securities of any series may be represented, in whole or in part, by one or more Global Securities that will have an aggregate principal amount equal to that of the Debt Securities they represent. Each Global Security will be registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee identified in the applicable prospectus supplement, will be deposited with such Depositary or nominee or its custodian and will bear a legend regarding the restrictions on exchanges and registration of transfer thereof referred to below and any such other matters as may be provided for pursuant to the applicable Indenture.
 
Notwithstanding any provision of the Indentures or any Debt Security described in this prospectus, no Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for Debt Securities registered, and no transfer of a Global Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or any nominee of such Depositary unless:
 
(1) the Depositary has notified us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or has ceased to be qualified to act as such as required by the applicable Indenture, and in either case we fail to appoint a successor Depositary within 90 days;
 
(2) an Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities represented by such Global Security has occurred and is continuing and the Trustee has received a written request from the Depositary to issue certificated Debt Securities;
 
(3) subject to the rules of the Depositary, we shall have elected to terminate the book-entry system through the Depositary; or
 
(4) other circumstances exist, in addition to or in lieu of those described above, as may be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.
 
All certificated Debt Securities issued in exchange for a Global Security or any portion thereof will be registered in such names as the Depositary may direct.
 
As long as the Depositary, or its nominee, is the registered holder of a Global Security, the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner and Holder of such Global Security and the Debt Securities that it represents for all purposes under the Debt Securities and the applicable Indenture. Except in the limited circumstances referred to above, owners of beneficial interests in a Global Security will not be entitled to have such Global Security or any Debt Securities that it represents registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Debt Securities in exchange for those interests and will not be considered to be the owners or Holders of such Global Security or any Debt Securities that is represents for any purpose under the Debt Securities or the applicable Indenture. All


9


Table of Contents

payments on a Global Security will be made to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the Holder of the security. The laws of some jurisdictions may require that some purchasers of Debt Securities take physical delivery of such Debt Securities in certificated form. These laws may impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Security.
 
Ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Security will be limited to institutions that have accounts with the Depositary or its nominee (“participants”) and to persons that may hold beneficial interests through participants. In connection with the issuance of any Global Security, the Depositary will credit, on its book-entry registration and transfer system, the respective principal amounts of Debt Securities represented by the Global Security to the accounts of its participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Security will be shown only on, and the transfer of those ownership interests will be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary (with respect to participants’ interests) or any such participant (with respect to interests of Persons held by such participants on their behalf). Payments, transfers, exchanges and other matters relating to beneficial interests in a Global Security may be subject to various policies and procedures adopted by the Depositary from time to time. None of us, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustees or the agents of us, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustees will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the Depositary’s or any participant’s records relating to, or for payments made on account of, beneficial interests in a Global Security, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial interests.
 
Payment and Paying Agents
 
Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, payment of interest on a Debt Security on any Interest Payment Date will be made to the Person in whose name such Debt Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.
 
Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, principal of and any premium and interest on the Debt Securities of a particular series will be payable at the office of such Paying Agent or Paying Agents as we may designate for such purpose from time to time, except that at our option payment of any interest on Debt Securities in certificated form may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address appears in the Security Register. Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, the corporate trust office of the Trustee under the Senior Indenture in The City of New York will be designated as sole Paying Agent for payments with respect to Senior Debt Securities of each series, and the corporate trust office of the Trustee under the Subordinated Indenture in The City of New York will be designated as the sole Paying Agent for payment with respect to Subordinated Debt Securities of each series. Any other Paying Agents initially designated by us for the Debt Securities of a particular series will be named in the applicable prospectus supplement. We may at any time designate additional Paying Agents or rescind the designation of any Paying Agent or approve a change in the office through which any Paying Agent acts, except that we will be required to maintain a Paying Agent in each Place of Payment for the Debt Securities of a particular series.
 
All money paid by us to a Paying Agent for the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Debt Security which remains unclaimed at the end of two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable will be repaid to us, and the Holder of such Debt Security thereafter may look only to us for payment.
 
Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets
 
Unless otherwise specified in the prospectus supplement, we may not consolidate with or merge into, or transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets to, any Person (a “successor Person”), and may not permit any Person to consolidate with or merge into us, unless:
 
(1) the successor Person (if not us) is a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity organized and validly existing under the laws of any domestic jurisdiction and assumes our obligations on the Debt Securities and under the Indentures;


10


Table of Contents

(2) immediately before and after giving pro forma effect to the transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing; and
 
(3) several other conditions, including any additional conditions with respect to any particular Debt Securities specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, are met.
 
The successor Person (if not us) will be substituted for us under the applicable Indenture with the same effect as if it had been an original party to such Indenture, and, except in the case of a lease, we will be relieved from any further obligations under such Indenture and the Debt Securities.
 
Events of Default
 
Unless otherwise specified in the prospectus supplement, each of the following will constitute an Event of Default under the applicable Indenture with respect to Debt Securities of any series:
 
(1) failure to pay principal of or any premium on any Debt Security of that series when due, whether or not, in the case of Subordinated Debt Securities, such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Indenture;
 
(2) failure to pay any interest on any Debt Securities of that series when due, continued for 30 days, whether or not, in the case of Subordinated Debt Securities, such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Indenture;
 
(3) failure to deposit any sinking fund payment, when due, in respect of any Debt Security of that series, whether or not, in the case of Subordinated Debt Securities, such deposit is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Indenture;
 
(4) failure to perform or comply with the provisions described under “— Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets”;
 
(5) failure to perform any of our other covenants in such Indenture (other than a covenant included in such Indenture solely for the benefit of a series other than that series), continued for 60 days after written notice has been given by the applicable Trustee, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of that series, as provided in such Indenture;
 
(6) any Debt of ourself, any Significant Subsidiary or, if a Subsidiary Guarantor has guaranteed the series, such Subsidiary Guarantor, is not paid within any applicable grace period after final maturity or is accelerated by its holders because of a default and the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds $20.0 million;
 
(7) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $20.0 million is entered against us, any Significant Subsidiary or, if a Subsidiary Guarantor has guaranteed the series, such Subsidiary Guarantor, remains outstanding for a period of 60 consecutive days following entry of such judgment and is not discharged, waived or stayed;
 
(8) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting us, any Significant Subsidiary or, if a Subsidiary Guarantor has guaranteed the series, such Subsidiary Guarantor; and
 
(9) if any Subsidiary Guarantor has guaranteed such series, the Subsidiary Guarantee of any such Subsidiary Guarantor is held by a final non-appealable order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indenture) or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Person acting on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee (other than by reason of a release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indenture).
 
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default with respect to Cardtronics, Inc. described in clause (8) above) with respect to the Debt Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is


11


Table of Contents

continuing, either the applicable Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of that series by notice as provided in the Indenture may declare the principal amount of the Debt Securities of that series (or, in the case of any Debt Security that is an Original Issue Discount Debt Security, such portion of the principal amount of such Debt Security as may be specified in the terms of such Debt Security) to be due and payable immediately, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon. If an Event of Default with respect to Cardtronics, Inc. described in clause (8) above with respect to the Debt Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs, the principal amount of all the Debt Securities of that series (or, in the case of any such Original Issue Discount Security, such specified amount) will automatically, and without any action by the applicable Trustee or any Holder, become immediately due and payable, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon. After any such acceleration and its consequences, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of that series may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default with respect to that series, other than the non-payment of accelerated principal (or other specified amount), have been cured or waived as provided in the applicable Indenture. For information as to waiver of defaults, please read “— Modification and Waiver” below.
 
Subject to the provisions of the Indentures relating to the duties of the Trustees in case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Trustee will be under any obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the applicable Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to such Trustee reasonable security or indemnity. Subject to such provisions for the indemnification of the Trustees, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of any series will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities of that series.
 
No Holder of a Debt Security of any series will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the applicable Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or a trustee, or for any other remedy thereunder, unless:
 
(1) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee under the applicable Indenture written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Debt Securities of that series;
 
(2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of that series have made written request, and such Holder or Holders have offered reasonable security or indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as trustee; and
 
(3) the Trustee has failed to institute such proceeding, and has not received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of that series a direction inconsistent with such request, within 60 days after such notice, request and offer.
 
However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Debt Security for the enforcement of payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on such Debt Security on or after the applicable due date specified in such Debt Security or, if applicable, to convert such Debt Security.
 
We will be required to furnish to each Trustee annually a statement by certain of our officers as to whether or not we, to their knowledge, are in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of the applicable Indenture and, if so, specifying all such known defaults.
 
Modification and Waiver
 
We may modify or amend an Indenture without the consent of any holders of the Debt Securities in certain circumstances, including:
 
(1) to evidence the succession under the Indenture of another Person to us or any Subsidiary Guarantor and to provide for its assumption of our or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations to holders of Debt Securities;


12


Table of Contents

(2) to make any changes that would add any additional covenants of us or the Subsidiary Guarantors for the benefit of the holders of Debt Securities or that do not adversely affect the rights under the Indenture of the Holders of Debt Securities in any material respect;
 
(3) to add any additional Events of Default;
 
(4) to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes;
 
(5) to secure the Debt Securities;
 
(6) to establish the form or terms of any series of Debt Securities;
 
(7) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture of a successor Trustee;
 
(8) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
 
(9) to add Subsidiary Guarantors; or
 
(10) in the case of any Subordinated Debt Security, to make any change in the subordination provisions that limits or terminates the benefits applicable to any Holder of Senior Debt.
 
Other modifications and amendments of an Indenture may be made by us, the Subsidiary Guarantors, if applicable, and the applicable Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of each series affected by such modification or amendment; provided, however, that no such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Debt Security affected thereby:
 
(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Debt Security;
 
(2) reduce the principal amount of, or any premium or interest on, any Debt Security;
 
(3) reduce the amount of principal of an Original Issue Discount Security or any other Debt Security payable upon acceleration of the Maturity thereof;
 
(4) change the place or currency of payment of principal of, or any premium or interest on, any Debt Security;
 
(5) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment due on or any conversion right with respect to any Debt Security;
 
(6) modify the subordination provisions in the case of Subordinated Debt Securities, or modify any conversion provisions, in either case in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Subordinated Debt Securities;
 
(7) except as provided in the applicable Indenture, release the Subsidiary Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor;
 
(8) reduce the percentage in principal amount of Outstanding Debt Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for modification or amendment of the Indenture;
 
(9) reduce the percentage in principal amount of Outstanding Debt Securities of any series necessary for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults;
 
(10) modify such provisions with respect to modification, amendment or waiver; or
 
(11) following the making of an offer to purchase Debt Securities from any Holder that has been made pursuant to a covenant in such Indenture, modify such covenant in a manner adverse to such Holder.
 
The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of any series may waive compliance by us with certain restrictive provisions of the applicable Indenture. The Holders


13


Table of Contents

of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of any series may waive any past default under the applicable Indenture, except a default in the payment of principal, premium or interest and certain covenants and provisions of the Indenture which cannot be amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Debt Security of such series.
 
Each of the Indentures provides that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities have given or taken any direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action under such Indenture as of any date:
 
(1) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that will be deemed to be Outstanding will be the amount of the principal that would be due and payable as of such date upon acceleration of maturity to such date;
 
(2) if, as of such date, the principal amount payable at the Stated Maturity of a Debt Security is not determinable (for example, because it is based on an index), the principal amount of such Debt Security deemed to be Outstanding as of such date will be an amount determined in the manner prescribed for such Debt Security;
 
(3) the principal amount of a Debt Security denominated in one or more foreign currencies or currency units that will be deemed to be Outstanding will be the United States-dollar equivalent, determined as of such date in the manner prescribed for such Debt Security, of the principal amount of such Debt Security (or, in the case of a Debt Security described in clause (1) or (2) above, of the amount described in such clause); and
 
(4) certain Debt Securities, including those owned by us, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any of our other Affiliates, will not be deemed to be Outstanding.
 
Except in certain limited circumstances, we will be entitled to set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Debt Securities of any series entitled to give or take any direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action under the applicable Indenture, in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture. In certain limited circumstances, the Trustee will be entitled to set a record date for action by Holders. If a record date is set for any action to be taken by Holders of a particular series, only persons who are Holders of Outstanding Debt Securities of that series on the record date may take such action. To be effective, such action must be taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of such Debt Securities within a specified period following the record date. For any particular record date, this period will be 180 days or such other period as may be specified by us (or the Trustee, if it set the record date), and may be shortened or lengthened (but not beyond 180 days) from time to time.
 
Satisfaction and Discharge
 
Each Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all outstanding Debt Securities of any series issued thereunder, when:
 
either:
 
(1) (a) all outstanding Debt Securities of that series that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Debt Securities that have been replaced or paid and Debt Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to us) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
 
(b) all outstanding Debt Securities of that series that have been not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee and in any case we have irrevocably deposited with the Trustee as trust funds money in an amount sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay the entire indebtedness of such Debt Securities not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the Stated Maturity or redemption date;


14


Table of Contents

(2) we have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by us under the Indenture with respect to the Debt Securities of that series; and
 
(3) we have delivered an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture with respect to the Debt Securities of that series have been satisfied.
 
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
 
To the extent indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, we may elect, at our option at any time, to have our obligations discharged under provisions relating to defeasance and discharge of indebtedness, which we call “legal defeasance,” or relating to defeasance of certain restrictive covenants applied to the Debt Securities of any series, or to any specified part of a series, which we call “covenant defeasance.”
 
Legal Defeasance
 
The Indentures provide that, upon our exercise of our option (if any) to have the legal defeasance provisions applied to any series of Debt Securities, we and, if applicable, each Subsidiary Guarantor will be discharged from all our obligations, and, if such Debt Securities are Subordinated Debt Securities, the provisions of the Subordinated Indenture relating to subordination will cease to be effective, with respect to such Debt Securities (except for certain obligations to convert, exchange or register the transfer of Debt Securities, to replace stolen, lost or mutilated Debt Securities, to maintain paying agencies and to hold moneys for payment in trust) upon the deposit in trust for the benefit of the Holders of such Debt Securities of money or U.S. Government Obligations, or both, which, through the payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide money in an amount sufficient (in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants) to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on such Debt Securities on the respective Stated Maturities in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indenture and such Debt Securities. Such defeasance or discharge may occur only if, among other things:
 
(1) we have delivered to the applicable Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that we have received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or there has been a change in tax law, in either case to the effect that Holders of such Debt Securities will not recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and legal defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and legal defeasance were not to occur;
 
(2) no Event of Default or event that with the passing of time or the giving of notice, or both, shall constitute an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit or, with respect to any Event of Default described in clause (8) under “— Events of Default,” at any time until 121 days after such deposit;
 
(3) such deposit and legal defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument (other than the applicable Indenture) to which we are a party or by which we are bound;
 
(4) in the case of Subordinated Debt Securities, at the time of such deposit, no default in the payment of all or a portion of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Senior Debt shall have occurred and be continuing, no event of default shall have resulted in the acceleration of any Senior Debt and no other event of default with respect to any Senior Debt shall have occurred and be continuing permitting after notice or the lapse of time, or both, the acceleration thereof; and
 
(5) we have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such deposit shall not cause the Trustee or the trust so created to be subject to the Investment Company Act of 1940.


15


Table of Contents

Covenant Defeasance
 
The Indentures provide that, upon our exercise of our option (if any) to have the covenant defeasance provisions applied to any Debt Securities, we may fail to comply with certain restrictive covenants (but not with respect to conversion, if applicable), including those that may be described in the applicable prospectus supplement, and the occurrence of certain Events of Default, which are described above in clause (5) (with respect to such restrictive covenants) and clauses (6), (7) and (9) under “Events of Default” and any that may be described in the applicable prospectus supplement, will not be deemed to either be or result in an Event of Default and, if such Debt Securities are Subordinated Debt Securities, the provisions of the Subordinated Indenture relating to subordination will cease to be effective, in each case with respect to such Debt Securities. In order to exercise such option, we must deposit, in trust for the benefit of the Holders of such Debt Securities, money or U.S. Government Obligations, or both, which, through the payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide money in an amount sufficient (in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants) to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on such Debt Securities on the respective Stated Maturities in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indenture and such Debt Securities. Such covenant defeasance may occur only if we have delivered to the applicable Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders of such Debt Securities will not recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance were not to occur, and the requirements set forth in clauses (2), (3), (4) and (5) above are satisfied. If we exercise this option with respect to any series of Debt Securities and such Debt Securities were declared due and payable because of the occurrence of any Event of Default, the amount of money and U.S. Government Obligations so deposited in trust would be sufficient to pay amounts due on such Debt Securities at the time of their respective Stated Maturities but may not be sufficient to pay amounts due on such Debt Securities upon any acceleration resulting from such Event of Default. In such case, we would remain liable for such payments.
 
If we exercise either our legal defeasance or covenant defeasance option, any Subsidiary Guarantee will terminate.
 
Notices
 
Notices to Holders of Debt Securities will be given by mail to the addresses of such Holders as they may appear in the Security Register.
 
Title
 
We, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustees and any agent of us, the Subsidiary Guarantors or a Trustee may treat the Person in whose name a Debt Security is registered as the absolute owner of the Debt Security (whether or not such Debt Security may be overdue) for the purpose of making payment and for all other purposes.
 
Governing Law
 
The Indentures and the Debt Securities will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
 
The Trustee
 
We will enter into the Indentures with a Trustee that is qualified to act under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and with any other Trustees chosen by us and appointed in a supplemental indenture for a particular series of Debt Securities. We may maintain a banking relationship in the ordinary course of business with our Trustee and one or more of its affiliates.


16


Table of Contents

Resignation or Removal of Trustee
 
If the Trustee has or acquires a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee must either eliminate its conflicting interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and the applicable Indenture. Any resignation will require the appointment of a successor Trustee under the applicable Indenture in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Indenture.
 
The Trustee may resign or be removed by us with respect to one or more series of Debt Securities and a successor Trustee may be appointed to act with respect to any such series. The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of any series may remove the Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities of such series.
 
Limitations on Trustee if It Is Our Creditor
 
Each Indenture will contain certain limitations on the right of the Trustee, in the event that it becomes our creditor, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise.
 
Certificates and Opinions to Be Furnished to Trustee
 
Each Indenture will provide that, in addition to other certificates or opinions that may be specifically required by other provisions of an Indenture, every application by us for action by the Trustee must be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to such action have been complied with by us.
 
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK
 
Our authorized capital stock is 135,000,000 shares. Those shares consist of: (1) 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, none of which are outstanding; and (2) 125,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of which 41,609,532 shares were outstanding as of February 12, 2010.
 
This section describes the general terms of our common stock. For more detailed information, you should refer to our Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, copies of which have been filed with the SEC.
 
Listing
 
Our outstanding shares of common stock are listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CATM.” Any additional shares of common stock that we issue also will be listed on The Nasdaq Global Market.
 
Dividends
 
Subject to the rights of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock that we may issue, the holders of our common stock may receive such dividends as our board of directors may declare in its discretion out of legally available funds.
 
Fully Paid
 
All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. Any additional shares of common stock that we issue will also be fully paid and non-assessable.


17


Table of Contents

Voting Rights
 
Subject to any special voting rights of any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future, the holders of our common stock may vote one vote for each share held in the election of directors and on all other matters voted upon by our stockholders. Under our bylaws, unless otherwise required by Delaware law, action by our stockholders is taken by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast, except for elections, which are determined by a plurality of the votes cast, at a meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present. Holders of common stock may not cumulate their votes in the elections of directors.
 
Other Rights
 
We will notify common stockholders of any stockholders’ meetings according to applicable law. If we liquidate, dissolve or wind-up our business, either voluntarily or not, holders of our common stock will share equally in our net assets upon liquidation after payment or provision for all liabilities and any preferential liquidation rights of any preferred stock then outstanding. The holders of common stock have no preemptive rights to purchase shares of our common stock. Shares of common stock are not subject to any redemption or sinking fund provisions and are not convertible into any of our other securities.
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions
 
Certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may encourage persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with the board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts.
 
Classified Board of Directors and Limitations on Removal of Directors
 
Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors of each class are elected for three-year terms, and the terms of the three classes are staggered so that directors from a single class are elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Stockholders may remove a director only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 662/3% of the voting power of the then outstanding capital stock of Cardtronics entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In general, our board of directors, not the stockholders, has the right to appoint persons to fill vacancies on the board of directors.
 
No Stockholder Action by Unanimous Consent
 
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless a company’s certificate of incorporation specifies otherwise, any action that could be taken by stockholders at an annual or special meeting may be taken, instead, without a meeting and without notice to or a vote of other stockholders if a consent in writing is signed by holders of outstanding stock having voting power that would be sufficient to take such action at a meeting at which all outstanding shares were present and voted. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders must be taken at an annual or special meeting of such stockholders and may not be taken by any consent in writing of such stockholders.
 
Blank Check Preferred Stock
 
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of blank check preferred stock from time to time in one or more series. The board of directors can set the powers, voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, of each series of preferred stock and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions, if any, of such preferences and/or rights relating to such preferred stock and could issue such stock in either private or public transactions. In some circumstances, the blank check preferred stock could be issued and have the effect of preventing a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt that the board of directors opposes.


18


Table of Contents

Business Combinations Under Delaware Law
 
We are a Delaware corporation and are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 prevents a person who, together with any affiliates or associates of such person, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock (an “interested stockholder”) from engaging in certain business combinations with us for three years following the date that the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder. These restrictions do not apply if:
 
  •  before the person became an interested stockholder, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction in which the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder;
 
  •  upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the interested stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of our outstanding voting stock at the time the transaction commenced, excluding stock held by directors who are also officers of the corporation and stock held by certain employee stock plans; or
 
  •  at or subsequent to such time the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 662/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include (1) any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and an interested stockholder; (2) any sale, lease, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving an interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation; (3) subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to an interested stockholder; (4) any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder or (5) the receipt by an interested stockholder of any loans, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.
 
Special Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions
 
Our bylaws contain provisions requiring that advance notice be delivered to the secretary of Cardtronics of any business to be brought by a stockholder before an annual or special meeting of stockholders, including the nomination and election of directors. Generally, such advance notice provisions provide that the stockholder must give written notice to the secretary of Cardtronics not less than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year in the case of an annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the first day on which the date of the special meeting is publicly announced in the case of a special meeting. The notice must set forth specific information regarding such stockholder and such business or director nominee, as described in our bylaws. Such requirement is in addition to those set forth in the regulations adopted by the SEC under the Exchange Act. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the number of directors shall not be fewer than three. Each director shall hold office for the term for which that individual is elected and thereafter until that individual’s successor is elected or until such individual’s earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.
 
Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, if any, by a special committee that is duly designated by the Board, or by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors.
 
Subject to the provisions of our bylaws relating to the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of our capital stock, our bylaws may be amended by the board of directors. Such authority shall not limit the ability of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.
 
The foregoing provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, together with the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control or the removal of existing management, of deterring potential acquirors from


19


Table of Contents

making an offer to our stockholders and of limiting any opportunity to realize premiums over prevailing market prices for our common stock in connection therewith. This could be the case notwithstanding that a majority of our stockholders might benefit from such a change in control or offer.
 
Limitation of Liability of Officers and Directors
 
Delaware law authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of officers and directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breach of officers’ and directors’ fiduciary duty of care. The duty of care requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, officers and directors must exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Absent the limitations authorized by Delaware law, officers and directors are accountable to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for conduct constituting gross negligence in the exercise of their duty of care. Delaware law enables corporations to limit available relief to equitable remedies such as injunction or rescission.
 
Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our officers and directors to us and our stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Specifically, our officers and directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of an officer’s or director’s fiduciary duty in such capacity, except for liability:
 
  •  for any breach of the officer’s or director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •  for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or
 
  •  for any transaction from which the officer or director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
The inclusion of this provision in our certificate of incorporation may reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, and may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against our officers and directors for breach of their duty of care, even though such an action, if successful, might have otherwise benefitted us and our stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation provides indemnification to our officers and directors and certain other persons with respect to certain matters to the maximum extent allowed by Delaware law as it exists now or may hereafter be amended. These provisions do not alter the liability of officers and directors under federal securities laws and do not affect the right to sue (nor to recover monetary damages) under federal securities laws for violations thereof.
 
We entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors. The indemnification agreements provide that we indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law. This means, among other things, that we must indemnify the indemnitee against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement that are actually and reasonably incurred in an action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that the person is serving or has served (1) as a director of Cardtronics, (2) in any capacity with respect to any employee benefit plan of Cardtronics, or (3) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of any other entity at the request of Cardtronics if the indemnitee acted in good faith and, in the case of conduct in his or her official capacity, in a manner he or she reasonably believed not opposed to the best interests of Cardtronics and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful. Also, the indemnification agreements require that we advance expenses in defending such an action provided that the indemnitee undertakes to repay the amounts if the person ultimately is determined not to be entitled to indemnification.
 
In general, the disinterested directors on the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors designated by majority vote of the board of directors have the authority to determine an indemnitee’s right to indemnification. However, such determination may also be made by (1) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (2) the stockholders.


20


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
Our transfer agent and registrar of the common stock is Wells Fargo Shareowners Services.
 
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock held as of February 17, 2010 by the selling stockholders, the number of shares which may be offered from time to time and information with respect to shares to be beneficially owned by the selling stockholders. The selling stockholders may from time to time offer and sell shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus or an applicable prospectus supplement. We prepared this table based solely on information provided to us by the selling stockholders, and we have not independently verified such information. At the time of an offering, we will update this table to disclose the number of shares beneficially owned prior to the offering, the number of shares offered in the offering and the number of shares beneficially owned after the offering.
 
                                         
    Shares Beneficially Owned
    Shares Offered
    Shares Beneficially Owned
 
    Prior to the Offering     Hereby     After the Offering(1)  
    Number     Percentage(2)     Number     Number     Percentage(2)  
 
CapStreet II, L.P. 
    8,091,222       19.4 %                        
CapStreet Parallel II, L.P. 
    949,852       2.3                          
TA IX, L.P. 
    7,212,298       17.3                          
TA/Atlantic and Pacific V L.P. 
    2,884,931       6.9                          
TA/Atlantic and Pacific IV L.P. 
    1,243,637       3.0                          
TA Strategic Partners Fund A L.P. 
    147,707       *                          
TA Investors II, L.P. 
    144,224       *                          
TA Strategic Partners Fund B L.P. 
    26,489       *                          
 
 
Less than 1.0% of the outstanding common stock.
 
(1) Assumes that the selling stockholder disposes of all the shares of common stock covered by this prospectus and does not acquire beneficial ownership of any additional shares. The registration of these shares does not necessarily mean that the selling stockholder will sell all or any portion of the shares covered by this prospectus.
 
(2) Based on 41,613,339 shares of our common stock outstanding as of February 17, 2010.
 
Common Stock Issuances to Selling Shareholders.  During 2001, we issued 1,320,898 shares of our common stock to CapStreet II, L.P. and CapStreet Parallel II, L.P. (collectively, “The CapStreet Group”) for an aggregate amount of $132.09. During 2002, we issued an additional 170,439 shares of our common stock to The CapStreet Group for an aggregate amount of $17.04. In February 2005, concurrent with the investment made by TA Associates, Inc. (“TA Associates”) and the issuance of our Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Stock”) (discussed below), we repurchased 353,878 common shares from The CapStreet Group. In conjunction with our initial public offering in December 2007, the remaining 1,137,459 common shares held by The CapStreet Group converted into the 9,041,074 common shares it holds as of the date of this prospectus.
 
Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Issuances to Selling Shareholders.  In February 2005, we issued 894,568 shares of our Series B Stock to investment funds controlled by TA Associates (the “TA Funds”) for a per share price of $83.8394, resulting in aggregate gross proceeds of $75.0 million. The Series B shares were convertible into the same number of shares of the Company’s common stock, as adjusted for


21


Table of Contents

future stock splits and the issuance of dilutive securities. In June 2007, we entered into a letter agreement with the TA Funds pursuant to which the TA Funds agreed to (i) approve our acquisition of the financial service business of 7-Eleven, Inc. and (ii) not transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their shares of Series B Stock during the period beginning on the date thereof and ending on the earlier of the date the acquisition closed (i.e., July 20, 2007) or September 1, 2007. Pursuant to the terms of the letter agreement, we amended the terms of our Series B Stock in order to increase, under certain circumstances, the number of shares of common stock into which the TA Funds’ shares of Series B Stock would be convertible in the event we completed an initial public offering. In December 2007, we completed our initial public offering, and based on the $10.00 per share offering price and the terms of the letter agreement, the 894,568 shares held by the TA Funds converted into 12,259,286 shares of common stock (on a split-adjusted basis).
 
In connection with our issuance of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock to the TA Funds in February 2005, all our existing stockholders entered into an investors agreement relating to several matters, only the registration rights provision of which survived our initial public offering in December 2007. Pursuant to the investors agreement, CapStreet II, L.P. (on behalf of itself, CapStreet Parallel II, L.P. and permitted transferees thereof) and TA Associates have the right to demand that we file a registration statement with the SEC to register the sale of all or part of the shares of common stock beneficially owned by them. Subject to certain limitations, we are obligated to register these shares upon CapStreet II, L.P.’s or TA Associates’ demand, for which we will be required to pay the registration expenses. In connection with any such demand registration, the stockholders who are parties to the investors agreement may be entitled to include their shares in that registration. In addition, if we propose to register securities for our own account, the stockholders who are parties to the investors agreement may be entitled to include their shares in that registration. All holders of registrable securities, other than The CapStreet Group and TA Associates, have elected not to register their securities as part of this registration statement.
 
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
We and any selling stockholders may sell the offered securities in and outside the United States (1) through underwriters, brokers or dealers; (2) directly to purchasers, including our affiliates and stockholders; (3) through agents, (4) at prevailing market prices by us directly or through a designated agent, including sales made directly or through the facilities of The Nasdaq Global Market or any other securities exchange or quotation or trading service on which such securities may be listed, quoted or traded at the time of sale or (5) through a combination of any of these methods. The prospectus supplement will include the following information:
 
  •  the terms of the offering;
 
  •  the names of any underwriters, brokers, dealers or agents;
 
  •  the name or names of any managing underwriter or underwriters;
 
  •  the purchase price or public offering price of the securities;
 
  •  the net proceeds to us from the sale of the securities;
 
  •  any delayed delivery arrangements;
 
  •  any underwriting discounts, commissions and other items constituting underwriters’ compensation;
 
  •  any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers;
 
  •  any commissions paid to agents;
 
  •  any securities exchange or market on which the securities may be listed.
 
Sale Through Underwriters or Dealers
 
If underwriters are used in the sale, the underwriters will acquire the securities for their own account for resale to the public, either on a firm commitment basis or a best efforts basis. The underwriters may resell the


22


Table of Contents

securities from time to time in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions, at a fixed public offering price or at varying prices determined at the time of sale. Underwriters may offer securities to the public either through underwriting syndicates represented by one or more managing underwriters or directly by one or more firms acting as underwriters. Unless we inform you otherwise in the prospectus supplement, the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the securities will be subject to certain conditions. The underwriters may change from time to time any initial public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers.
 
We may also make direct sales through subscription rights distributed to our existing stockholders on a pro rata basis, which may or may not be transferable. In any distribution of subscription rights to our stockholders, if all of the underlying securities are not subscribed for, we may then sell the unsubscribed securities directly to third parties or may engage the services of one or more underwriters, dealers or agents, including standby underwriters, to sell the unsubscribed securities to third parties.
 
During and after an offering through underwriters, the underwriters may purchase and sell the securities in the open market. These transactions may include overallotment and stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions created in connection with the offering. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid, which means that selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers for the offered securities sold for their account may be reclaimed by the syndicate if the offered securities are repurchased by the syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. These activities may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the offered securities, which may be higher than the price that might otherwise prevail in the open market. If commenced, the underwriters may discontinue these activities at any time.
 
Some or all of the debt securities that we offer though this prospectus may be new issues of securities with no established trading market. Any underwriters to whom we sell such securities for public offering and sale may make a market in those securities, but they will not be obligated to do so and they may discontinue any market making at any time without notice. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of the liquidity of, or continued trading markets for, any debt securities that we offer.
 
If dealers are used in the sale of securities, we and any selling stockholders will sell the securities to them as principals. The dealers may then resell those securities to the public at varying prices determined by the dealers at the time of resale. We will include in the prospectus supplement the names of the dealers and the terms of the transaction.
 
Direct Sales and Sales through Agents
 
We and any selling stockholders may sell the securities directly. In that case, no underwriters or agents would be involved. We and any selling stockholders may also sell the securities through agents designated from time to time. In the prospectus supplement, we will name any agent involved in the offer or sale of the offered securities, and we will describe any commissions payable to the agent. Unless we inform you otherwise in the prospectus supplement, any agent will agree to use its reasonable best efforts to solicit purchases for the period of its appointment.
 
We and any selling stockholders may sell the securities directly to institutional investors or others who may be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to any sale of those securities. We will describe the terms of any such sales in the prospectus supplement.
 
Remarketing Arrangements
 
Offered securities may also be offered and sold, if so indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, in connection with a remarketing upon their purchase, in accordance with a redemption or repayment pursuant to their terms, or otherwise, by one or more remarketing firms, acting as principals for their own accounts or as agents for us. Any remarketing firm will be identified and the terms of its agreements, if any, with us and its compensation will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. Remarketing firms may be deemed to be underwriters, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, in connection with the securities remarketed.


23


Table of Contents

Delayed Delivery Contracts
 
If we so indicate in the prospectus supplement, we may authorize agents, underwriters or dealers to solicit offers from certain types of institutions to purchase debt securities from us at the public offering price under delayed delivery contracts. These contracts would provide for payment and delivery on a specified date in the future. The contracts would be subject only to those conditions described in the prospectus supplement. The prospectus supplement will describe the commission payable for solicitation of those contracts.
 
Additional Provisions Applicable to Selling Stockholders
 
The selling stockholders are subject to the applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, including Regulation M. This regulation may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the shares of common stock offered in this prospectus by the selling stockholders. The anti-manipulation rules under the Exchange Act may apply to sales of shares in the market and to the activities of the selling stockholders and their affiliates. Furthermore, Regulation M may restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the shares to engage in market-making activities for the particular securities being distributed for a period of up to five business days before the distribution. The restrictions may affect the marketability of the shares and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities for the shares.
 
General Information
 
We or the selling stockholders may have agreements with the agents, dealers, underwriters and remarketing firms to indemnify them against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute with respect to payments that the agents, dealers, underwriters or remarketing firms may be required to make.
 
Agents, dealers, selling stockholders, underwriters and remarketing firms may be customers of, engage in transactions with or perform services for us in the ordinary course of their businesses.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Our counsel, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas, will pass upon certain legal matters in connection with the offered securities. Any underwriters will be advised about other issues relating to any offering by their own legal counsel.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of Cardtronics, Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2008, and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 have been incorporated by reference herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 31, 2008 financial statements refers to a change in the method of accounting for fair value measurements of financial instruments in 2008 and a change in the method of accounting for income tax uncertainties in 2007.
 
The audited financial statements of the 7-Eleven Financial Services Business as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, incorporated in this prospectus by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A of Cardtronics, Inc. dated July 17, 2007, have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants. Such financial statements have been incorporated in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the 7-Eleven Financial Services Business restatement of its financial statements as described in Note 1 to the financial statements) of such independent accountants given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


24


Table of Contents

 
 
$200,000,000
 
(CARDTRONICS LOGO)
 
81/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018
 
 
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
 
 
BofA Merrill Lynch
 
J.P. Morgan
 
Wells Fargo Securities
 
BBVA Securities
 
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey
 
August 12, 2010